Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

to place a thing on an equality with

  • 1 aequo

    aequo, āvi, ātum, 1, v. a. and n. [aequus].
    I.
    Act., to make one thing equal to another; constr. with cum and (in gen. in the histt.) with dat., and with cop. conj. (cf. adaequo).
    (α).
    With cum:

    inventum est temperamentum, quo tenuiores cum principibus aequari se putarent,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 10:

    cum suas quisque opes cum potentissimis aequari videat,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 22:

    numerum (corporum) cum navibus,

    Verg. A. 1, 193.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    Insedabiliter sitis arida, corpora mersans, Aequabat multum parvis umoribus imbrem,

    an unquenchable, burning thirst... made the most copious stream seem to them as only a few drops, Lucr. 6, 1176:

    per somnum vinumque dies noctibus aequare,

    Liv. 31, 41:

    aequavit togatus armati gloriam collegae,

    id. 4, 10, 8:

    cujus magnitudini semper animum aequavit,

    id. 33, 21, 3 (but in id. 6, 20, 8, facta dictis aequando, dictis is abl.; v Weissenb. ad h. l.); Vell. 2, 127;

    aequare solo templum,

    to level with the ground, Tac. A. 1, 51;

    so domum,

    Quint. 3, 7, 20, and Aur. Vict. Vir. lllustr. 17. 5;

    and in an extended sense: Scipio Numantiam excisam aequavit solo,

    Vell. 2, 4.—Hence, trop.: solo aequandae sunt dictaturae consulatusque, entirely abolished, Liv 6, 18.—
    (γ).
    With cop. conj.:

    Curios aequare Fabriciosque,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 18, 2. — Poet.:

    si protinus illum Aequāsset nocti ludum,

    had played through the whole night, Verg. A. 9, 338.—Hence also,
    B.
    In comparison, to place a thing on an equality with, to compare.; in Cic. with cum; later with dat.:

    aequare et conferre scelera alicujus cum aliis,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 8:

    ne aequaveritis Hannibali Philippum, ne Carthaginiensibus Macedonas: Pyrrho certe aequabitis,

    Liv. 31, 7:

    Deum homini non aequabo,

    Vulg. Job, 32, 21:

    quis in nubibus aequabitur Domino,

    ib. Psa. 88, 7.—
    C.
    Of places, to make level, even, or smooth:

    aequata agri planities,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 48;

    and trop.: aequato discrimine,

    at an equal distance, Lucr. 5, 690:

    aequato omnium periculo,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    aequato Marte,

    Liv. 1, 25:

    aequato jure omnium,

    id. 2, 3.— Poet.: ibant aequati numero, [p. 58] divided into equal parts, Verg. A. 7, 698:

    foedera regum Vel Gabiis vel cum rigidis aequata Sabinis, i. e. aequis legibus icta,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 25; cf.:

    si foedus est, si societas aequatio juris est... cur non omnia aequantur?

    placed in the same circumstances? Liv. 8, 4.—
    D.
    T. t.
    1.
    Aequare frontem, milit. t., to make an equal front, Liv. 5, 38:

    aequatis frontibus,

    Tib. 4, 1, 102; v. frons.—
    2.
    Aequare sortes, to see that the lots are equal in number to those who draw, of the same material, and each with a different name. The classical passage for this phrase is Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 35: conicite sortes: uxor, aequa (sc. eas); v. the preceding verses. So Cic. Fragm. Or. Corn. 1, p. 449 Orell.: dum sitella defertur, dum aequantur sortes, dum sortitio fit, etc.—
    II.
    Neutr. or act., to become equal to one, to equal, come up to, attain to (mostly in the histt.); constr. with dat., but oftener with acc. (cf. adaequo and aequipero, and Zumpt, §

    389, 1): qui jam illis fere aequārunt,

    Cic. Off. 1, 1, 3; Ov. M. 6, 21:

    ea arte aequāsset superiores reges, ni, etc.,

    Liv. 1, 53; so,

    cursu equum,

    id. 31, 35;

    for which Curtius: cursum alicujus, 4, 1: gloriam alicujus,

    Suet. Caes. 55:

    eam picturam imitati sunt multi, aequavit nemo,

    Plin. 35, 11, 40, § 126; Luc. 3, 456.— Poet.: sagitta aequans ventos, like the winds in swiftness, Verg. A. 10, 248:

    valet nondum munia comparis Aequare (juvenca),

    i. e. cannot yet draw even with her mate, Hor. C. 2, 5, 2.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aequo

  • 2 aequiparo

    aequĭpăro (better aequĭpĕr-; cf. Dietrich in Zeitschr. für vergl. Sprachf. 1, p. 550), āvi, ātum, 1, v. a. and n. [aequipar].
    I.
    Act., to put a thing on an equality with another thing, to compare, liken; with ad, cum, or dat.:

    suas virtutes ad tuas,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 11:

    aequiperata cum P fratre gloria,

    Cic. Mur. 14, 31:

    Jovis Solisque equis dictatorem,

    Liv. 5, 23: Hadrianus Numae aequiperandus, Frontin. Princ. Hist. p. 317 Rom.—
    II.
    Neutr., to place one's self on an equality with another in worth, to become equal to, to equal, come up to, attain to (cf. aequo and adaequo); constr. with dat., but more frequently with acc., and absol.
    (α).
    With dat.: nam si qui, quae eventura sunt, provideant, aequiperent Jovi, Pac. ap. Gell. 14, 1, 34.—
    (β).
    With acc.: nemo est qui factis me aequiperare queat, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 5, 17, 49 (Epigr. 8, p. 162 Vahl.):

    urbem dignitate,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1; so id. Alc. 11, 3; Liv. 37, 55:

    voce magistrum,

    Verg. E. 5, 48; Ov. P. 2, 5, 44.—
    (γ).
    Absol., Pac. ap. Non. 307, 11.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aequiparo

  • 3 ἐκ

    ἐκ, before vowels ἐξ, prep. w. gen. (Hom.+; s. lit. s.v. ἀνά and εἰς beg.)
    ① marker denoting separation, from, out of, away from
    ⓐ w. the place or thing fr. which separation takes place. Hence esp. w. verbs of motion ἀναβαίνω, ἀναλύω, ἀνίστημι, ἐγείρομαι, εἰσέρχομαι, ἐκβάλλω, ἐκπορεύομαι, ἐξέρχομαι, ἔρχομαι, ἥκω, καταβαίνω, μεταβαίνω, ῥύομαι, συνάγω, φεύγω; s. these entries. καλεῖν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου Mt 2:15 (Hos 11:1); ἐκ σκότους 1 Pt 2:9. αἴρειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 17:15. ἐξαλείφειν ἐκ τῆς βίβλου Rv 3:5 (Ex 32:32f; Ps 68:29). ἀποκυλίειν τ. λίθον ἐκ τ. θύρας Mk 16:3; cp. J 20:1; Rv 6:14; σῴζειν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγ. Jd 5; διασῴζειν ἐκ τ. θαλάσσης Ac 28:4. παραγίνεσθαι ἐξ ὁδοῦ arrive on a journey (lit. from, i.e. interrupting a journey) Lk 11:6; fig. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐξ ὁδοῦ bring back fr. the way Js 5:20; cp. 2 Pt 2:21. ἐκ τῆς χειρός τινος (Hebraistically מִיַּד פּ׳, oft. LXX; s. B-D-F §217, 2; Rob. 649) from someone’s power ἐξέρχεσθαι J 10:39; ἁρπάζειν 10:28f (cp. Plut., Ages. 615 [34, 6] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν Ἐπαμινώνδου τ. πόλιν ἐξαρπάσας; JosAs 12:8 ἅρπασόν με ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ ἐχθροῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 12:11 (cp. Aeschin. 3, 256 ἐκ τ. χειρῶν ἐξελέσθαι τῶν Φιλίππου; Sir 4:9; Bar 4:18, 21 al.); ῥύεσθαι Lk 1:74; cp. vs. 71 (Ps 105:10; Wsd 2:18; JosAs 12:10); εἰρυσταί σε κύριος ἐκ χειρὸς ἀνόμου AcPlCor 1:8 (cp. ἐκ τούτων ἄπαντων PsSol 13:4).—After πίνειν, of the object fr. which one drinks (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 3): ἐκ τ. ποτηρίου Mt 26:27; Mk 14:23; 1 Cor 11:28; cp. 10:4; J 4:12. Sim. φαγεῖν ἐκ τ. θυσιαστηρίου Hb 13:10.
    ⓑ w. a group or company fr. which separation or dissociation takes place (Hyperid. 6, 17 and Lucian, Cyn. 13 ἐξ ἀνθρώπων) ἐξολεθρεύειν ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ Ac 3:23 (Ex 30:33; Lev 23:29). συμβιβάζειν ἐκ τ. ὄχλου 19:33; ἐκλέγειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 15:19; cp. Mt 13:41, 47; Ac 1:24; 15:22; Ro 9:24. For ἐκ freq. ἐκ μέσου Mt 13:49; Ac 17:33; 23:10; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:17 (cp. Ex 31:14).—ἀνιστάναι τινὰ ἔκ τινων Ac 3:22 (Dt 18:15); ἐκ νεκρῶν 17:31. ἐγείρειν τινὰ ἐκ νεκρῶν J 12:1, 9, 17; Ac 3:15; 4:10; 13:30; Hb 11:19; AcPlCor 2:6; ἀνίστασθαι ἐκ νεκρῶν Ac 10:41; 17:3; ἀνάστασις ἐκ νεκρ. Lk 20:35; 1 Pt 1:3; cp. Ro 10:7. Also s. ἠρεμέω.
    ⓒ of situations and circumstances out of which someone is brought, from: ἐξαγοράζειν ἔκ τινος redeem fr. someth. Gal 3:13; also λυτροῦν (cp. Sir 51:2) 1 Pt 1:18; σῴζειν ἔκ τινος save fr. someth. J 12:27; Hb 5:7; Js 5:20 (Od. 4, 753; MLetronne, Recueil des Inscr. 1842/8, 190; 198 σωθεὶς ἐκ; SIG 1130, 1f; UPZ 60:6f [s. διασῴζω]; PVat A, 7 [168 B.C.]=Witkowski 36, 7 διασεσῶσθαι ἐκ μεγάλων κινδύνων; Sir 51:11; EpJer 49; JosAs 4:8 ἐκ τοῦ … λιμοῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 7:10 (cp. Wsd 10:1; Sir 29:12). τηρεῖν ἔκ τινος keep from someth. Rv 3:10; μεταβαίνειν ἔκ τινος εἴς τι J 5:24; 1J 3:14; μετανοεῖν ἔκ τινος repent and turn away fr. someth. Rv 2:21f; 9:20f; 16:11. ἀναπαύεσθαι ἐκ τ. κόπων rest fr. one’s labors 14:13. ἐγείρεσθαι ἐξ ὕπνου wake fr. sleep (Epict. 2, 20, 15; Sir 22:9; cp. ParJer 5:2 οὐκ ἐξυπνίσθη ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου αὐτοῦ) Ro 13:11. ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν 11:15. ζῶντες ἐκ νεκρῶν people who have risen fr. death to life 6:13 (cp. Soph., Oed. R. 454; X., An. 7, 7, 28; Demosth. 18, 131 ἐλεύθερος ἐκ δούλου καὶ πλούσιος ἐκ πτωχοῦ γεγονώς; Palaeph. 3, 2). S. ἀνάστασις 2b.
    ⓓ of pers. and things with whom a connection is severed or is to remain severed: τηρεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ keep them fr. the evil one J 17:15; cp. Ac 15:29. Pregnant constr.: ἀνανήφειν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος 2 Ti 2:26. νικᾶν ἔκ τινος free oneself from … by victory Rv 15:2 (for possible Latinism s. reff. to Livy and Velleius Paterculus in OLD s.v. ‘victoria’; but s. also RCharles, ICC Rv II, 33). ἐλεύθερος ἐκ 1 Cor 9:19 (cp. Eur., Herc. Fur. 1010 ἐλευθεροῦντες ἐκ δρασμῶν πόδα ‘freeing our feet from flight’ [=we recovered from our flight]). καθαρός εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐξ αὐτῆς I practiced abstinence with her GJs 15:4.
    ② marker denoting the direction fr. which someth. comes, from καταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους (Il. 13, 17; X., An. 7, 4, 12; Ex 19:14; 32:1 al.; JosAs 4:1 ἐκ τοῦ ὑπερῴου) Mt 17:9. θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται Lk 21:18. ἐκπίπτειν ἐκ τ. χειρῶν Ac 12:7. διδάσκειν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου Lk 5:3. ἐκ τῆς βάτου χρηματισμοῦ διδομένου 1 Cl 17:5 (cp. Just., A I, 62:3). ἐκ τῆς πρύμνης ῥίψαντες τὰς ἀγκύρας Ac 27:29. κρέμασθαι ἔκ τινος (Hom. et al.; 1 Macc 1:61; 2 Macc 6:10; Jos., Ant. 14, 107) 28:4. ἐκ ῥιζῶν to (lit. from) its roots (Job 28:9; 31:12) Mk 11:20; B 12:9.—Since the Greek feeling concerning the relation betw. things in this case differed fr. ours, ἐκ could answer the question ‘where?’ (cp. Soph., Phil. 20; Synes., Ep. 131 p. 267a ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρας μερίδος=on the other side; BGU 975, 11; 15 [45 A.D.]; PGM 36, 239; LXX; JosAs 16:12 εἱστήκει … ἐξ εὐωνύμων; 22:7) ἐκ δεξιῶν at (on) the right (δεξιός 1b) Mt 20:21, 23; 22:44 (Ps 109:1); 25:33; Lk 1:11; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8), 34 (Ps 109:1); 7:55f; B 11:10. ἐξ ἐναντίας opposite Mk 15:39 (Hdt. 8, 6, 2; Thu. 4, 33, 1; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 461, 6; Sir 37:9; Wsd 4:20 al.); ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας the opponent (Sext. Emp., Adv. Phys. 1, 66 [=Adv. Math. 9, 66]; 2, 69 [=Adv. Math. 10, 69], Adv. Eth. 1, 25; Bias in Diog. L. 1, 84) Tit 2:8.—ἐκ τοῦ κατωτάτου ᾅδου … προσευχομένου Ἰωνᾶ AcPlCor 2:30.
    ③ marker denoting origin, cause, motive, reason, from, of
    ⓐ in expr. which have to do w. begetting and birth from, of, by: ἐκ introduces the role of the male (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 9 ἐκ θεοῦ ἔστι; JosAs 21:8 συνέλαβεν Ἀσενὲθ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ; Tat. 33, 3 συλλαμβάνουσιν ἐκ φθορέως; Ath. 22, 4 ἐκ τοῦ Κρόνου; SIG 1163, 3; 1169, 63; OGI 383, 3; 5 [I B.C.]) ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Mt 1:18. κοίτην ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Ro 9:10; also of the female (SIG 1160, 3; PEleph 1, 9 [311/10 B.C.] τεκνοποιεῖσθαι ἐξ ἄλλης γυναικός; PFay 28, 9 γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 14 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 1, 191; Ath. 20, 3 ἐξ ἧς παῖς Διόνυσος αὐτῷ) γεννᾶν τινα ἐκ beget someone by (a woman; s. γεννάω 1a) Mt 1:3, 5, etc. ἐκ Μαρίας ἐγεννῄθη AcPlCor 1:14; 2:5; γίνεσθαι ἐκ γυναικός (Jos., Ant. 11, 152; Ar. 9, 7) Gal 4:4; cp. vs. 22f.—γεννᾶσθαι ἐξ αἱμάτων κτλ. J 1:13; ἐκ τ. σαρκός 3:6; ἐκ πορνείας 8:41. ἐγείρειν τινὶ τέκνα ἐκ Mt 3:9; Lk 3:8. (τὶς) ἐκ καρποῦ τ. ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ Ac 2:30 (Ps 131:11). γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ τ. θεοῦ J 1:13; 1J 3:9; 4:7; 5:1, 4, 18 (Just., A I, 22, 2); ἐκ τ. πνεύματος J 3:6 (opp. ἐκ τ. σαρκός). εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ (Menand., Sam. 602 S. [257 Kö.]) J 8:47; 1J 4:4, 6; 5:19; opp. εἶναι ἐκ τ. διαβόλου J 8:44; 1J 3:8 (cp. OGI 90, 10 of Ptolemaeus Epiphanes ὑπάρχων θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ κ. θεᾶς).
    ⓑ to denote origin as to family, race, city, people, district, etc.: ἐκ Ναζαρέτ J 1:46. ἐκ πόλεως vs. 44. ἐξ οἴκου Lk 1:27; 2:4. ἐκ γένους (Jos., Ant. 11, 136) Phil 3:5; Ac 4:6. ἐκ φυλῆς (Jos., Ant. 6, 45; 49; PTebt I, 26, 15) Lk 2:36; Ac 13:21; 15:23; Ro 11:1. Ἑβρ. ἐξ Ἑβραίων a Hebrew, the son of Hebrews Phil 3:5 (Goodsp., Probs., 175f; on the connotation of ancestral ἀρετή Phil 3:5 cp. New Docs VII 233, no. 10, 5). ἐκ σπέρματός τινος J 7:42; Ro 1:3; 11:1. ἐξ ἐθνῶν Ac 15:23; cp. Gal 2:15. Cp. Lk 23:7; Ac 23:34. ἐκ τ. γῆς J 3:31. For this ἐκ τῶν κάτω J 8:23 (opp. ἐκ τ. ἄνω). ἐκ (τούτου) τ. κόσμου 15:19ab; 17:14; 1J 2:16; 4:5. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30.—To express a part of the whole, subst.: οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ the Israelites Ro 9:6. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας selfish, factious people 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου partisans of the law 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ πίστεως those who have faith Gal 3:7, 9; cp. the sg. Ro 3:26; 4:16. οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς the circumcision party Ac 11:2; Ro 4:12; Gal 2:12. οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς Tit 1:10. For this οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς Col 4:11. οἱ ἐκ τ. συναγωγῆς members of the synagogue Ac 6:9. οἱ ἐκ τῶν Ἀριστοβούλου Ro 16:10f. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22 (s. Καῖσαρ and οἰκία 3). In these cases the idea of belonging, the partisan use, often completely overshadows that of origin; cp. Dg 6:3.
    ⓒ to denote derivation (Maximus Tyr. 13, 3f φῶς ἐκ πυρός; Ath. 18:3 γένεσιν … ἐξ ὕδατος) καπνὸς ἐκ τ. δόξης τ. θεοῦ Rv 15:8 (cp. EpJer 20 καπνὸς ἐκ τ. οἰκίας). ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τ. Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν J 4:22. εἶναι ἔκ τινος come, derive from someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 7, 209) Mt 5:37; J 7:17, 22; 1J 2:16, 21; εἶναι is oft. to be supplied Ro 2:29; 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6 ( Plut., Mor. 1001c); 11:12; 2 Cor 4:7; Gal 5:8. ἔργα ἐκ τοῦ πατρός J 10:32. οἰκοδομὴ ἐκ θεοῦ 2 Cor 5:1; χάρισμα 1 Cor 7:7; δικαιοσύνη Phil 3:9. φωνὴ ἐκ τ. στόματος αὐτοῦ Ac 22:14. Here belongs the constr. w. ἐκ for the subj. gen., as in ἡ ἐξ ὑμῶν (v.l.) ἀγάπη 2 Cor 8:7; ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν ζῆλος 9:2 v.l.; Rv 2:9 (cp. Vett. Val. 51, 16; CIG II 3459, 11 τῇ ἐξ ἑαυτῆς κοσμιότητι; pap. [Rossberg 14f]; 1 Macc 11:33 χάριν τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν εὐνοίας; 2 Macc 6:26). ἐγένετο ζήτησις ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου there arose a discussion on the part of John’s disciples J 3:25 (Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4 ζήτησις πολλὴ ἐκ πάντων ἐγένετο; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 24 §91 σφαγή τις ἐκ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐγένετο).
    ⓓ of the effective cause by, because of (cp. the ‘perfectivizing’ force of ἐκ and other prepositions in compounds, e.g. Mt 4:7; Mk 9:15. B-D-F §318, 5)
    α. personal in nature, referring to originator (X., An. 1, 1, 6; Diod S 19, 1, 4 [saying of Solon]; Arrian, Anab. 3, 1, 2; 4, 13, 6 of an inspired woman κατεχομένη ἐκ τοῦ θείου; Achilles Tat. 5, 27, 2; SibOr 3, 395; Just.: A I, 12, 5 ἐκ δαιμόνων φαύλων … καὶ ταῦτα … ἐνεργεῖσθαι, also D. 18, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 7, 85 H. ἐκ θεῶν σεσωσμένη; Ps.-Clem., Hom. p. 7, 19 Lag. τὸν ἐκ θεοῦ σοι ἀποδιδόμενον μισθόν): ὠφελεῖσθαι ἔκ τινος Mt 15:5; Mk 7:11. ζημιοῦσθαι 2 Cor 7:9. λυπεῖσθαι 2:2. εὐχαριστεῖσθαι 1:11. ἀδικεῖσθαι Rv 2:11. ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλάλησα J 12:49 (cp. Soph., El. 344 οὐδὲν ἐξ σαυτῆς λέγεις).
    β. impersonal in nature (Arrian, Anab. 3, 21, 10 ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐκ τ. τραυμάτων; 6, 25, 4; JosAs 29:8 ἐκ τοῦ τραύματος τοῦ λίθου; POxy 486, 32 τὰ ἐμὰ ἐκ τ. ἀναβάσεως τ. Νίλου ἀπολωλέναι): ἀποθανεῖν ἐκ τ. ὑδάτων Rv 8:11. πυροῦσθαι 3:18. σκοτοῦσθαι 9:2. φωτίζεσθαι 18:1. κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας J 4:6 (Aelian, VH 3, 23 ἐκ τοῦ πότου ἐκάθευδεν). ἔκαμον ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ GJs 15:1.
    ⓔ of the reason which is a presupposition for someth.: by reason of, as a result of, because of (X., An. 2, 5, 5; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 42 §185 ἐκ προδοσίας; POxy 486, 28f ἐκ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς; Just., A I, 68, 3 ἐξ ἐπιστολῆς; numerous examples in Mayser II/2 p. 388; Philo, De Jos. 184 ἐκ διαβολῆς; Jos., Vi. 430; JosAs 11 παραλελυμένη … ἐκ τῆς πολλῆς ταπεινώσεως; Ar. 8, 6 ἐκ τούτων … τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τῆς πλάνης; Just., A I, 4, 1 ἐκ τοῦ … ὀνόματος; also inf.: 33, 2 ἵνα … ἐκ τοῦ προειρῆσθαι πιστευθῇ 68, 3 al.): δικαιοῦσθαι ἔκ τινος Ro 4:2; Gal 2:16; 3:24; cp. Ro 3:20, 30 (cp. εἴ τις ἐκ γένους [δίκαι]ος=has the right of citizenship by descent [i.e. has the law on his side]: letter of MAurelius 34, ZPE 8, ’71, 170); οὐκ … ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ he does not live because of his possessions Lk 12:15. ἐκ ταύτης τ. ἐργασίας Ac 19:25. ἐξ ἔργων λαβεῖν τὸ πνεῦμα Gal 3:2, 5; cp. Ro 11:6. ἐξ ἀναστάσεως λαβεῖν τ. νεκρούς Hb 11:35. ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας 2 Cor 13:4. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν as far as it depends on you Ro 12:18.—ἐκ τοῦ πόνου in anguish Rv 16:10; cp. vs. 11; 8:13.—ἐκ τούτου for this reason, therefore (SIG 1168, 47; 1169, 18; 44; 62f; BGU 423, 17=Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 480, 17) J 6:66; 19:12.
    ⓕ Sim. ἐκ can introduce the means which one uses for a definite purpose, with, by means of (Polyaenus 3, 9, 62 ἐξ ἱμάντος=by means of a thong) ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ Lk 16:9 (X., An. 6, 4, 9; PTebt 5, 80 [118 B.C.] ἐκ τ. ἱερῶν προσόδων; ParJer 1:7 [of Jerusalem] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν σου ἀφανισθήτω; Jos., Vi. 142 ἐκ τ. χρημάτων); cp. 8:3.
    ⓖ of the source, fr. which someth. flows or comes:
    α. λαλεῖν ἐκ τ. ἰδίων J 8:44. ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τ. καρδίας Mt 12:34. τὰ ἐκ τ. ἱεροῦ the food from the temple 1 Cor 9:13. ἐκ τ. εὐαγγελίου ζῆν get one’s living by proclaiming the gospel vs. 14.
    β. information, insight, etc. (X., An. 7, 7, 43 ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κατέμαθες; Just., A I, 28, 1 ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων συγγραμμάτων … μαθεῖν 34, 2 al.) κατηχεῖσθαι ἐκ Ro 2:18. ἀκούειν ἐκ J 12:34. γινώσκειν Mt 12:33; Lk 6:44; 1J 3:24; 4:6. ἐποπτεύειν 1 Pt 2:12. δεικνύναι Js 2:18 (cp. ἀποδεικνύναι Just., D. 33, 1).
    γ. of the inner life, etc., fr. which someth. proceeds (since Il. 9, 486): ἐκ καρδίας Ro 6:17; 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. (cp. Theocr. 29, 4; M. Ant. 3, 3). ἐκ ψυχῆς Eph 6:6; Col 3:23 (X., An. 7, 7, 43, Oec. 10, 4; Jos., Ant. 17, 177; 1 Macc 8:27). ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 Ti 1:5; 2 Ti 2:22; 1 Pt 1:22. ἐξ ὅλης τ. καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ψυχῆς σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. διανοίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ἰσχύος σου Mk 12:30; cp. Lk 10:27 (Dt 6:5; cp. Wsd 8:21; 4 Macc 7:18; Epict. 2, 23, 42 ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς). ἐκ πίστεως Ro 14:23; cp. 2 Cor 2:17. Also of circumstances which accompany an action without necessarily being the source of it: γράφειν ἐκ πολλῆς θλίψεως write out of great affliction 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 1:17.
    ⓗ of the material out of which someth. is made (Hdt. 1, 194; Pla., Rep. 10, 616c; OGI 194, 28 [42 B.C.] a statue ἐκ σκληροῦ λίθου; PMagd 42, 5 [221 B.C.]=PEnteux 83, 5; POxy 707, 28; PGM 13, 659; Wsd 15:8; 1 Macc 10:11; Jdth 1:2; En 99:13; JosAs 3:9; Just., A I, 59, 1) of, from στέφανος ἐξ ἀκανθῶν Mt 27:29; J 19:2; cp. 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21; 1 Cor 15:47; Rv 18:12; 21:21; perh. also 1 Cor 11:12 ἡ γυνὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρός.
    ⓘ of the underlying rule or principle according to, in accordance with (Hdt., Pla. et al. [Kühner-G. I 461g], also OGI 48, 12 [III B.C.] ἐκ τ. νόμων; PEleph 1, 12 [312/11 B.C.] ἐκ δίκης; PPetr III, 26, 9 ἐκ κρίσεως; LXX, e.g. 1 Macc 8:30; Jos., Ant. 6, 296 ἐκ κυνικῆς ἀσκήσεως πεποιημένος τὸν βίον) ἐκ τ. λόγων Mt 12:37 (cp. Wsd 2:20). ἐκ τ. στόματός σου κρινῶ σε by what you have said Lk 19:22 (cp. Sus 61 Theod.; also X., Cyr. 2, 2, 21 ἐκ τ. ἔργων κρίνεσθαι). ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων on the basis of things written Rv 20:12. ἐκ τ. καλοῦντος Ro 9:12. ἐκ τ. ἔχειν in accordance w. your ability 2 Cor 8:11. ἐξ ἰσότητος on the basis of equality vs. 13.
    ④ marker used in periphrasis, from, of
    ⓐ for the partitive gen. (B-D-F §164, 1 and 2; 169; Rob. 599; 1379).
    α. after words denoting number εἷς, μία, ἕν (Hdt. 2, 46, 2 ἐκ τούτων εἷς; POxy 117, 14ff [II/III A.D.] δύο … ἐξ ὧν … ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν; Tob 12:15 BA; Sir 32:1; Jos., Bell. 7, 47; JosAs 20:2 ἐκ τῶν παρθένων μία Just., D. 126, 4) Mt 10:29; 18:12; 22:35; 27:48; Mk 9:17 al.; εἷς τις J 11:49; δύο Mk 16:12; Lk 24:13; J 1:35; 21:2. πέντε Mt 25:2. πολλοί (1 Macc 5:26; 9:69) J 6:60, 66; 7:31; 11:19, 45. οἱ πλείονες 1 Cor 15:6. οὐδείς (Epict. 1, 29, 37; 1 Macc 5:54; 4 Macc 14:4; Ar. 13, 6; Just., D. 16, 2) J 7:19; 16:5. χιλιάδες ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς Rv 7:4.
    β. after the indef. pron. (Plut., Galba 1065 [27, 2]; Herodian 5, 3, 9; 3 Macc 2:30; Jos., Vi. 279) Lk 11:15; J 6:64; 7:25, 44, 48; 9:16; 11:37, 46 al. Also after the interrog. pron. Mt 6:27; 21:31; Lk 11:5; 12:25; 14:28 al.
    γ. the partitive w. ἐκ as subj. (2 Km 11:17) εἶπαν ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ J 16:17.—Rv 11:9. As obj., pl. Mt 23:34; Lk 11:49; 21:16; 2J 4 (cp. Sir 33:12; Jdth 7:18; 10:17 al.).
    δ. used w. εἶναι belong to someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 12, 399) καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ you also belong to them Mt 26:73; cp. Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58; J 7:50; 10:26; Ac 21:8; cp. 2 Cl 18:1. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τ. σώματος I do not belong to the body 1 Cor 12:15f; cp. 2 Cl 14:1.
    ε. after verbs of supplying, receiving, consuming: ἐσθίειν ἔκ τινος (Tob 1:10; Sir 11:19; Jdth 12:2; JosAs 16:8) 1 Cor 9:7; 11:28; J 6:26, 50f; Rv 2:7. πίνειν Mt 26:29; Mk 14:25; J 4:13f; Rv 14:10; χορτάζειν ἔκ τινος gorge w. someth. 19:21 (s. ζ below); μετέχειν 1 Cor 10:17; λαμβάνειν (1 Esdr 6:31; Wsd 15:8) J 1:16; Rv 18:4; Hs 9, 24, 4. τὸ βρέφος … ἔλαβε μασθὸν ἐκ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ the child took its mother’s breast GJs 19:2; διδόναι (Tob 4:16; Ezk 16:17) Mt 25:8; 1J 4:13. διαδιδόναι (Tob 4:16 A) J 6:11.
    ζ. after verbs of filling: ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς was filled w. the fragrance J 12:3 cp. Rv 8:5. χορτασθῆναι ἔκ τινος to be satisfied to the full w. someth. Lk 15:16. γέμειν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς be full of greed Mt 23:25.
    ⓑ in periphrasis for the gen. of price or value for (Palaeph. 45; PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.]; 119, 5 [c. 100 A.D.]; 131, 5; PLond II, 277, 9 p. 217 [23 A.D.]; BGU III, 916, 19 [I A.D.]; PAmh II, 133, 19 [II A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 34; B-D-F §179) ἀγοράζειν τι ἔκ τινος Mt 27:7 (POxy 745, 2 [c. 1 A.D.] τ. οἶνον ἠγόρασας ἐκ δραχμῶν ἕξ; EpJer 24); cp. Ac 1:18; Mt 20:2.
    ⑤ marker denoting temporal sequence, from
    ⓐ of the time when someth. begins from, from … on, for, etc. ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός from birth (Ps 21:11; 70:6; Is 49:1) Mt 19:12 al.; also ἐκ γενετῆς J 9:1 (since Il. 24, 535; Od. 18, 6; s. also γενετή). ἐκ νεότητος (since Il. 14, 86; Ps 70:5; Sir 7:23; Wsd 8:2; 1 Macc 2:66; JosAs 17:4) Mk 10:20; Lk 18:21. ἐξ ἱκανῶν χρόνων for a long time 23:8. ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων a long time before 1 Cl 42:5 (cp. Epict. 2, 16, 17 ἐκ πολλοῦ χρόνου. Cp. ἐκ πολλοῦ Thu. 1, 68, 3; 2, 88, 2; ἐξ ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν Lysias, Epitaph. 1). ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων Ac 15:21 (cp. X., Hell. 6, 1, 4 ἐκ πάντων προγόνων). ἐκ τ. αἰῶνος since the world began J 9:32 (cp. ἐξ αἰῶνος Sext. Emp., Adv. Math. 9, 76; Diod S 4, 83, 3; Aelian, VH 6, 13; 12, 64; OGI 669, 61; Sir 1:4; 1 Esdr 2:17, 21; Jos., Bell. 5, 442). ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτώ for eight years Ac 9:33; cp. 24:10. ἐξ ἀρχῆς (PTebt 40, 20 [117 B.C.]; Sir 15:14; 39:32; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 225; Ath. 8, 1) J 6:64. ἐκ παιδιόθεν fr. childhood Mk 9:21 (s. παιδιόθεν. Just., A I, 15, 6 ἐκ παίδων. On the use of ἐκ w. an adv. cp. ἐκ τότε POxy 486 [II A.D.]; ἐκ πρωίθεν 1 Macc 10:80).
    ⓑ of temporal sequence
    α. ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day 2 Pt 2:8; 2 Cl 11:2 (cp. Ps.-Eur., Rhes. 445; Henioch. Com. 5:13 K.; Theocr. 18, 35; Gen 39:10; Num 30:15; Sir 5:7; Esth 3:7; En 98:8; 103:10).
    β. ἐκ δευτέρου for the second time, again, s. δεύτερος 2. ἐκ τρίτου Mt 26:44 (ParJer 7:8; cp. PHolm 1, 32 ἐκ τετάρτου).
    ⑥ various uses and units
    ⓐ blending of constructions, cp. Rob. 599f: ἐκ for ἐν (Hdt., Thu. et al., s. Kühner-G. I 546f; LXX, e.g. Sus 26 Theod.; 1 Macc 11:41; 13:21; Jdth 15:5) ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ δώσει Lk 11:13. μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ Mt 24:17. τὴν ἐκ Λαοδικείας (ἐπιστολὴν) ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀναγνῶτε Col 4:16.
    ⓑ like the OT use of מִן: ἔκρινεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς God has pronounced judgment for you against her Rv 18:20 (cp. Ps 118:84; Is 1:24; En 100:4; 104:3). ἐξεδίκησεν τὸ αἷμα τ. δούλων αὐτοῦ ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς 19:2, cp. 6:10 (both 4 Km 9:7).
    ⓒ adv. expressions (Just., A I, 2, 1 ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ‘in every way’): ἐξ ἀνάγκης (ἀνάγκη 1). ἐκ συμφώνου by mutual consent (BGU 446, 13=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 257, 13; CPR I, 11, 14 al. in pap; cp. Dssm., NB 82f [BS 225]) 1 Cor 7:5. ἐκ λύπης reluctantly 2 Cor 9:7. ἐκ περισσοῦ extremely (Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 64; Lucian, Pro Merc. Cond. 13; Da 3:22 Theod.; Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 284, 17 [-ττ]) Mk 6:51; 1 Th 5:13 v.l.; ἐκ μέτρου by measure = sparingly J 3:34. ἐκ μέρους (Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 83, 24) part by part = as far as the parts are concerned, individually 1 Cor 12:27 (distributive; cp. PHolm 1, 7 ἐκ δραχμῶν Ϛ´=6 dr. each); mostly in contrast to ‘complete’, only in part 13:9 (BGU 538, 35; 574, 10; 887, 6; 17 al. in pap; EpArist 102). ἐξ ὀνόματος individually, personally, by name IEph 20:2; IPol 4:2; 8:2.
    ⓓ ἐκ … εἰς w. the same word repeated gives it special emphasis (Plut., Galba 1058 [14, 2] ἐκ προδοσίας εἰς προδοσίαν; Ps 83:8) ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν Ro 1:17.—2 Cor 2:16 (twice).—The result and goal are thus indicated Ro 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16. AFridrichsen, ConNeot 12, ’48, 54.—DELG s.v. ἐξ. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐκ

  • 4 entre

    prep.
    1 between.
    entre las diez y las once between ten and eleven o'clock
    entre paréntesis in brackets
    entre nosotros between you and me, between ourselves (en confianza)
    discutían entre sí they were arguing with each other
    era un color entre verde y azul the color was somewhere between green and blue
    dudo entre ir o quedarme I don't know o can't decide whether to go or to stay
    2 among, amongst.
    estaba entre los asistentes she was among those present
    estuvo entre los mejores he was one of o amongst the best
    entre otras cosas among other things
    3 divided by.
    intj.
    come in.
    pres.subj.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: entrar.
    * * *
    1 (dos términos) between
    2 (varios) among, amongst
    3 (sumando) counting
    4 (en) in
    5 (entremedio) somewhere between
    \
    de entre from among, out of
    entre... y... what with... and...
    ■ entre el frío y la lluvia... what with the cold and the rain...
    entre tanto meanwhile, in the meantime
    por entre (entre) among, amongst 2 (a través) through
    * * *
    prep.
    * * *
    PREP
    1) (=en medio de)
    a) [dos elementos] between

    un líquido entre dulce y amargo — a liquid which is half-sweet, half-sour

    paréntesis, semana
    b) [más de dos elementos] among, amongst

    ¿has buscado entre las fotografías? — have you looked among(st) the photographs?

    puedes hablar, estamos entre amigos — you can speak freely, we're among(st) friends

    empezó a trabajar como mensajero, entre otras cosas — he started work as a courier, among(st) other things

    2) [indicando colaboración, participación]

    le compraremos un regalo entre todos — we'll buy her a present between all of us, we'll all club together to buy her a present

    ¿entre cuántos habéis hecho el trabajo? — how many of you did it take to do the work?

    entre sí: las mujeres hablaban entre sí — the women were talking among(st) themselves

    3) [uso aditivo]

    entre viaje y alojamiento nos gastamos 80 euros — we spent 80 euros between the travel and the accommodation, the travel and the accommodation came to 80 euros between them

    entre niños y niñas habrá unos veinte en total — there are about twenty in total, if you count boys and girls

    entre que era tarde y hacía frío, decidimos no salir — what with it being late and cold, we decided not to go out

    entre unas cosas y otras se nos hizo de noche — before we knew it, it was night

    4) (Mat)
    5) esp LAm
    *
    6)
    * * *
    I
    1)

    ¿por qué no le hacemos un regalo entre todos? — why don't we all get together to buy him a present?

    cuando hablan entre ellos — ( dos personas) when they talk to each other; ( más de dos personas) when they talk among themselves

    2)
    a) (en el número, la colectividad de) among
    b) ( mezclado con) among

    hay unas cien personas entre alumnos y profesores — with o including pupils and teachers there are about a hundred people

    entre una cosa y otra... — (fam) what with one thing and another... (colloq)

    d) ( en distribuciones) among
    e) (Mat)
    3)

    entre tanto — meanwhile, in the meantime

    II
    adverbio (esp AmL)

    entre más... menos/más... — the more... the less/more...

    * * *
    = amidst, among, amongst, between, inter, across, amid, twixt, betwixt, in between.
    Ex. The second edition of AACR was published in 1978, amidst some dispute as to whether it was either necessary or desirable.
    Ex. He is probably unique among Associations of Research Libraries directors in that he played a significant role in the creation of ALA's Social Responsibilities Round Table.
    Ex. Amongst these are numbered: some specific legal and governmental works, such as laws, decrees, treaties; works that record the collective thought of a body, for example, reports of commissions and committees; and various cartographic materials.
    Ex. Citations to 33 Ph.D.theses produced at the University between 1974 and 1978 were analysed.
    Ex. On magnetic tape, for instance, there will be a need for an inter record gap so that the tape drive has some space, some leeway, when starting or stopping the fast moving tape.
    Ex. Other important elements of libraries, such as the quality of the staff and the nature of the reference collections themselves, vary across libraries.
    Ex. The director continued speaking amid the embers of their mirth.
    Ex. The article ' Twixt dilemma and desk-top deluxe' reports on the developments from the major computer printer manufacturers.
    Ex. Hume says we must distinguish ' betwixt personal identity as it regards our thought or imagination and as it regards our passions or the concern we take in ourselves'.
    Ex. The reason for this is that the qualifier, Public Libraries, is randomly distributed depending on whether other facets are cited in between.
    ----
    * a caballo entre = midway between.
    * a mitad de camino entre = midway between.
    * compromiso entre novios = engagement.
    * conector entre facetas = intra-facet connector.
    * de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.
    * de la zona de entre mareas = intertidal.
    * distinguir entre... y... = draw + the line between... and....
    * entre bastidores = behind the scenes, backstage, offstage.
    * entre corchetes = in brackets.
    * entre culturas = intercultural.
    * entre diferentes edades = cross-age [cross age].
    * entre dos fuegos = crossfire, pig(gy) in the middle.
    * entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.
    * entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.
    * entre el hombre y el sistema = human-system.
    * entre ellos contamos con los siguientes = numbered amongst these are.
    * entre éstos se incluyen = amongst these are numbered.
    * entre fronteras = transborder.
    * entre grupos sociales = intergroup.
    * entre instituciones = interagency [inter-agency].
    * entre la espada y la pared = between the rock and the hard place, between the devil and the deep blue sea, between a rock and a hard place.
    * entre la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.
    * entre la población en general = mainstream.
    * entre la profesión = intra-professional.
    * entre las dos y las cuatro = mid-afternoon.
    * entre las páginas de = between the covers of.
    * entre los miembros de la familia = intergenerational.
    * entre los vivos = land of the living, the.
    * entre manos = at hand, in hand.
    * entre medias = in between.
    * entre + Nombre Singular + y + Nombre Singular = between + Nombre Plural.
    * entre nosotros = with us, between you and me, between ourselves.
    * entre ordenadores = computer-to-computer.
    * entre otras cosas = amongst other things, for one thing, inter alia, among other things.
    * entre otros = amongst others, among others.
    * entre países = transfrontier, transborder, transnational, cross-country, cross-national [cross national], cross-border.
    * entre paréntesis = parenthetically, parenthetic, in brackets, in parenthesis.
    * entre profesiones = cross-occupational.
    * entre + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + midst.
    * entre regiones = cross-regional, inter-regional [interregional].
    * entre semana = on weekdays, midweek, weekday.
    * entre sí = each other.
    * entre tres partes = 3-party [three-party].
    * entre tú y yo = between you and me, between ourselves.
    * entre varias bibliotecas = cross-library, cross-library.
    * entre varias instituciones = inter-institutionally [interinstitutionally].
    * entre varias lenguas = cross-lingual.
    * entre varios países = multi-country [multicountry].
    * entre... y... = anywhere from/between... and...., somewhere between... and....
    * espacio entre columnas = intercolumn spacing.
    * estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between.
    * estar entre = fall between.
    * hablar entre dientes sin ser entendido = mumble.
    * niños entre cinco y siete años = five-to-sevens.
    * que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.
    * reconciliación entre = healing of the breach between.
    * resolución de la ambigüedad entre términos = term disambiguation.
    * * *
    I
    1)

    ¿por qué no le hacemos un regalo entre todos? — why don't we all get together to buy him a present?

    cuando hablan entre ellos — ( dos personas) when they talk to each other; ( más de dos personas) when they talk among themselves

    2)
    a) (en el número, la colectividad de) among
    b) ( mezclado con) among

    hay unas cien personas entre alumnos y profesores — with o including pupils and teachers there are about a hundred people

    entre una cosa y otra... — (fam) what with one thing and another... (colloq)

    d) ( en distribuciones) among
    e) (Mat)
    3)

    entre tanto — meanwhile, in the meantime

    II
    adverbio (esp AmL)

    entre más... menos/más... — the more... the less/more...

    * * *
    = amidst, among, amongst, between, inter, across, amid, twixt, betwixt, in between.

    Ex: The second edition of AACR was published in 1978, amidst some dispute as to whether it was either necessary or desirable.

    Ex: He is probably unique among Associations of Research Libraries directors in that he played a significant role in the creation of ALA's Social Responsibilities Round Table.
    Ex: Amongst these are numbered: some specific legal and governmental works, such as laws, decrees, treaties; works that record the collective thought of a body, for example, reports of commissions and committees; and various cartographic materials.
    Ex: Citations to 33 Ph.D.theses produced at the University between 1974 and 1978 were analysed.
    Ex: On magnetic tape, for instance, there will be a need for an inter record gap so that the tape drive has some space, some leeway, when starting or stopping the fast moving tape.
    Ex: Other important elements of libraries, such as the quality of the staff and the nature of the reference collections themselves, vary across libraries.
    Ex: The director continued speaking amid the embers of their mirth.
    Ex: The article ' Twixt dilemma and desk-top deluxe' reports on the developments from the major computer printer manufacturers.
    Ex: Hume says we must distinguish ' betwixt personal identity as it regards our thought or imagination and as it regards our passions or the concern we take in ourselves'.
    Ex: The reason for this is that the qualifier, Public Libraries, is randomly distributed depending on whether other facets are cited in between.
    * a caballo entre = midway between.
    * a mitad de camino entre = midway between.
    * compromiso entre novios = engagement.
    * conector entre facetas = intra-facet connector.
    * de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.
    * de la zona de entre mareas = intertidal.
    * distinguir entre... y... = draw + the line between... and....
    * entre bastidores = behind the scenes, backstage, offstage.
    * entre corchetes = in brackets.
    * entre culturas = intercultural.
    * entre diferentes edades = cross-age [cross age].
    * entre dos fuegos = crossfire, pig(gy) in the middle.
    * entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.
    * entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.
    * entre el hombre y el sistema = human-system.
    * entre ellos contamos con los siguientes = numbered amongst these are.
    * entre éstos se incluyen = amongst these are numbered.
    * entre fronteras = transborder.
    * entre grupos sociales = intergroup.
    * entre instituciones = interagency [inter-agency].
    * entre la espada y la pared = between the rock and the hard place, between the devil and the deep blue sea, between a rock and a hard place.
    * entre la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.
    * entre la población en general = mainstream.
    * entre la profesión = intra-professional.
    * entre las dos y las cuatro = mid-afternoon.
    * entre las páginas de = between the covers of.
    * entre los miembros de la familia = intergenerational.
    * entre los vivos = land of the living, the.
    * entre manos = at hand, in hand.
    * entre medias = in between.
    * entre + Nombre Singular + y + Nombre Singular = between + Nombre Plural.
    * entre nosotros = with us, between you and me, between ourselves.
    * entre ordenadores = computer-to-computer.
    * entre otras cosas = amongst other things, for one thing, inter alia, among other things.
    * entre otros = amongst others, among others.
    * entre países = transfrontier, transborder, transnational, cross-country, cross-national [cross national], cross-border.
    * entre paréntesis = parenthetically, parenthetic, in brackets, in parenthesis.
    * entre profesiones = cross-occupational.
    * entre + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + midst.
    * entre regiones = cross-regional, inter-regional [interregional].
    * entre semana = on weekdays, midweek, weekday.
    * entre sí = each other.
    * entre tres partes = 3-party [three-party].
    * entre tú y yo = between you and me, between ourselves.
    * entre varias bibliotecas = cross-library, cross-library.
    * entre varias instituciones = inter-institutionally [interinstitutionally].
    * entre varias lenguas = cross-lingual.
    * entre varios países = multi-country [multicountry].
    * entre... y... = anywhere from/between... and...., somewhere between... and....
    * espacio entre columnas = intercolumn spacing.
    * estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between.
    * estar entre = fall between.
    * hablar entre dientes sin ser entendido = mumble.
    * niños entre cinco y siete años = five-to-sevens.
    * que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.
    * reconciliación entre = healing of the breach between.
    * resolución de la ambigüedad entre términos = term disambiguation.

    * * *
    A
    se sienta entre Carlos y yo he sits between Carlos and me
    entre estas cuatro paredes within these four walls
    creó una barrera entre ellos it created a barrier between them
    lo escribió entre paréntesis she wrote it in brackets
    se me escapó por entre los dedos it slipped through my fingers
    correteaban por entre los arbustos they ran in and out of the bushes
    no pruebo bocado entre horas I don't eat a thing between meals
    entre estas dos fechas between these two dates
    está abierto entre semana it is open during the week
    entre las cuatro y las cinco between four and five (o'clock)
    con una expresión entre complacida y sorprendida with an expression somewhere between pleasure and surprise, with a half pleased, half surprised look
    es de un color entre el azul y el violeta it's a bluey purple color o a purplish blue color
    vacilaba entre decírselo y callar she was torn between telling him and keeping quiet
    estoy entre el verde y el azul I can't decide between the green one and the blue one
    entre nosotros or entre tú y yo, no tiene la más mínima idea between you and me o just between ourselves, he doesn't have a clue
    las relaciones entre los cuatro hermanos relations between the four brothers
    entre los dos/cuatro logramos levantarlo between the two of us/four of us we managed to lift it
    ¿por qué no le hacemos un regalo entre todos? why don't we all get together to buy him a present?
    entre ellos se entienden they understand each other o one another
    cuando hablan entre ellos no entiendo nada when they talk among themselves, I can't understand a thing
    tres depósitos unidos entre sí por una serie de tubos three tanks linked (to each other) by a series of pipes
    B
    1 (en el número, la colectividad de) among, amongst ( BrE)
    entre los trabajadores among the workers
    bendita tú eres entre todas las mujeres blessed art thou among women
    está entre los mejores/más grandes del mundo it is among the best/largest in the world, it is one of the best/largest in the world
    entre los temas debatidos, éste fue el más conflictivo of the topics discussed this proved to be the most controversial
    hay un traidor entre nosotros there's a traitor among us o ( liter) in our midst
    estamos entre amigos we're all friends here, you're among friends
    es mentiroso, entre otras cosas he's a liar, among other things
    entre las monedas que me dio había algunas extranjeras there were some foreign coins among the ones he gave me
    se perdió entre la muchedumbre he got lost in the crowd
    lo encontré entre la arena I found it in the sand
    hay unas cien personas entre alumnos, padres y profesores with o including pupils, parents and teachers there are about a hundred people
    entre una cosa y otra nos llevó toda una mañana ( fam); what with one thing and another it took us a whole morning ( colloq)
    repártelos entre los niños share them out among the children
    tienes que dividirlo entre cinco you have to divide it by five
    diez entre dos es (igual a) cinco two into ten goes five (times), ten divided by two is five
    C
    entre tanto meanwhile, in the meantime
    entre tanto, vayan poniendo la mesa meanwhile o in the meantime, you can lay the table
    entre tanto (que) lo hacen while they do it
    ( esp AmL): entre más/menos... the more/less...
    entre más pide, menos le dan the more he asks for, the less they give him
    entre menos estudies, menos aprenderás the less you study, the less you will learn
    * * *

     

    Del verbo entrar: ( conjugate entrar)

    entré es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo

    entre es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    algo entre    
    entrar    
    entre
    entrar ( conjugate entrar) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( acercándose) to come in;
    ( alejándose) to go in;

    hazla entre tell her to come in, show her in;
    entró corriendo he ran in, he came running in;
    ¿se puede entre con el coche? can you drive in?;
    había gente entrando y saliendo there were people coming and going;
    ¿cómo entró? how did he get in?;
    entre en or (esp AmL) a algo ‹a edificio/habitación› to go into sth;
    entró en el or al banco she went into the bank
    2 (en etapa, estado) entre en algo ‹en periodo/guerra/negociaciones› to enter sth;

    entró en coma he went into a coma
    3
    a) (introducirse, meterse):

    ◊ cierra la puerta, que entra frío close the door, you're letting the cold in;

    me entró arena en los zapatos I've got sand in my shoes

    ◊ ¿entrará por la puerta? will it get through the door?;


    (+ me/te/le etc):

    el zapato no le entra he can't get his shoe on;
    no me entra la segunda (Auto) I can't get it into second (gear)
    4 [ hambre] (+ me/te/le etc):
    ◊ le entró hambre she felt o got hungry;

    me ha entrado la duda I'm beginning to have my doubts;
    me entró sueño I got o began to feel sleepy
    5 ( empezar) to start, begin;
    ◊ entró de aprendiz he started o began as an apprentice

    6 ( incorporarse) entre en or (esp AmL) a algo ‹en empresa/ejército/club› to join sth;
    ‹ en convento› to enter sth;
    el año que entré en or a la universidad the year I started college I've just joined the association
    7 ( estar incluido):

    ¿cuántas entran en un kilo? how many do you get in a kilo?
    verbo transitivo ( traer) to bring in;
    ( llevar) to take in;
    ◊ ¿cómo van a entre el sofá? how are they going to get the sofa in?

    entre preposición
    1
    a) (dos personas, cosas) between;


    está entre las dos casas it's between the two houses;
    entre paréntesis in brackets;
    cuando hablan entre los dos when they talk to each other
    b) (más de dos personas, cosas) among;


    entre otras cosas among other things;
    se perdió entre la muchedumbre he disappeared into the crowd;
    entre estas cuatro paredes within these walls
    c) (indicando cooperación, distribución):


    le hicimos con regalo entre todos we all got together and brought him a present;
    repártelos entre los niños/entre todos share them out among the children/between everybody
    2 ( en expresiones de tiempo):

    llegaré entre las tres y las cuatro I'll be arriving between three and four;
    cualquier semana entre julio y agosto any week in July or August
    3

    ■ adverbio (esp AmL):
    ◊ entre más come más/menos engorda the more he eats the more/less he puts on weight

    entrar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to come in, go in, enter: los ladrones entraron por la ventana, the burglars entered through the window ➣ Ver nota en ir
    2 (encajar) to fit: esta llave no entra, this key doesn't fit
    3 (estar incluido) to be included: eso no entra en el precio, that's not included in the price
    4 (en una organización, partido) to join, get into: entró en el club, he was admitted to the club
    5 (en una situación) to go into: el avión entró en barrena, the plane went into a spin
    entrar en calor, to warm up
    6 (comenzar) el mes que entra, next month, the coming month
    7 (sobrevenir) to come over: le entraron ganas de llorar, he felt like crying
    me entró un ataque de histeria, I went into hysterics
    8 (agradar) no me entran las lentejas, I don't like lentils
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to bring in: entra las sillas, take the chairs in
    2 Inform to enter
    ♦ Locuciones: entrar en la cabeza: no me entra en la cabeza que hayas hecho eso, I can't understand why you have done that
    ni entrar ni salir, to play no part in the matter: en cuestiones sentimentales ni entro ni salgo, I steer well clear of touchy subjects
    entre preposición
    1 (señalando límites) between: ponlo entre tú y ella, put it between you and her
    entre azul y verde, between blue and green
    (con la colaboración de) lo haremos entre Pedro, Pablo y yo, Peter, Paul and myself will do it between us
    2 (rodeado de) among(st)
    estoy entre amigos, I'm among friends
    (incluido en) está entre los primeros de la clase, he's among the best students of his class
    En general, entre se traduce por between cuando se refiere a dos cosas y among o amongst (más antiguo) cuando se refiere a más de dos. Sin embargo, se puede emplear between, junto con un verbo de movimiento, cuando queremos indicar que un conjunto de cosas se dividió en dos grupos: El río fluye entre los árboles. The river flows between the trees.

    ' entre' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abismal
    - abismo
    - abordaje
    - aclarar
    - adherencia
    - analogía
    - apareamiento
    - barrera
    - bastante
    - bastidor
    - bien
    - caballero
    - caballo
    - cada
    - camaradería
    - camino
    - ceja
    - cerrarse
    - clara
    - claro
    - comillas
    - compenetración
    - competencia
    - conexión
    - confianza
    - confundirse
    - congruencia
    - considerada
    - considerado
    - contarse
    - corporativismo
    - correlación
    - cruce
    - desnivel
    - despertarse
    - dicotomía
    - diente
    - disidencia
    - distanciamiento
    - dividir
    - dividirse
    - dudar
    - economía
    - entendimiento
    - escaramuza
    - escoger
    - espada
    - estragos
    - estrechar
    - estrechamiento
    English:
    ability
    - alike
    - already
    - amid
    - among
    - amongst
    - angular
    - antagonism
    - antipathy
    - backstage
    - barrel
    - barrier
    - behind
    - between
    - blue-collar
    - bond
    - bonding
    - border
    - bracket
    - cement
    - chip in
    - choose
    - chuckle
    - circulate
    - civilian
    - clash
    - close
    - club
    - connect
    - connected
    - dart
    - derby
    - devil
    - differentiate
    - discriminate
    - distinction
    - distinguish
    - divide
    - dole out
    - enter
    - entrails
    - equal
    - equality
    - evenly
    - exit poll
    - export
    - fall out
    - fatalism
    - feature
    - fence
    * * *
    ♦ prep
    1. [en medio de dos] between;
    está entre mi casa y la suya it's between my house and hers, it's on the way from my house to hers;
    entre las diez y las once between ten and eleven o'clock;
    entre 1939 y 1945 between 1939 and 1945, from 1939 to 1945;
    entre paréntesis in brackets, in parentheses;
    no abre entre semana it doesn't open during the week;
    no hay punto de comparación entre la ciudad y el campo there's no comparison between the city and the countryside;
    la diferencia entre tú y yo es que… the difference between you and me is that…;
    era un color entre verde y azul the colour was somewhere between green and blue;
    su estado de ánimo estaba entre la alegría y la emoción his state of mind was somewhere between o was a mixture of joy and excitement;
    se encuentra entre la vida y la muerte she is fighting for her life;
    entre nosotros [en confianza] between you and me, between ourselves;
    que quede esto entre tú y yo this is between you and me;
    dudo entre ir o quedarme I don't know o can't decide whether to go or to stay;
    entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s)… what with one thing and another…;
    no tuve tiempo de llamarte entre unas cosas y otras between one thing and another I didn't have time to phone you
    2. [en medio de muchos] among, amongst;
    estaba entre los asistentes she was among those present;
    entre los celtas se solía… the Celts used to…;
    entre los médicos se considera que… most doctors believe that…;
    lo hicieron entre tres amigos the three friends did it between them;
    entre todos estoy seguro de que lo conseguiremos I'm sure we'll manage to do it between us;
    es el favorito entre los expertos the experts have him as the favourite;
    estuvo entre los mejores he was one of o amongst the best;
    no temas, estás entre amigos don't be afraid, you're amongst friends;
    desapareció entre la multitud she disappeared into the crowd;
    apareció de entre el humo it emerged from the smoke;
    entre hombres y mujeres somos más de cien there are over a hundred of us, men and women together;
    me regaló, entre otras cosas, una botella de whisky she gave me several things, including a bottle of whisky;
    tu principal defecto, entre otros, es que… your main defect, amongst others, is that…;
    lo encontré entre mis papeles I found it amongst my papers;
    entre sí amongst themselves;
    discutían entre sí they were arguing with each other
    3. [en divisiones]
    divide veinte entre cuatro divide twenty by four;
    ocho entre dos cuatro eight divided by two is four
    ♦ entre que loc conj
    Fam [mientras]
    entre que se levanta y se arregla, se le va media mañana it takes her half the morning just to get up and get ready
    ♦ entre tanto loc adv
    [mientras tanto] meanwhile;
    haz las camas, entre tanto, yo lavo los platos you make the beds, in the meantime, I'll do the washing up
    ♦ entre más loc adv
    Andes, CAm, Méx [cuanto más] the more;
    entre más duerme, más cansado se siente the more she sleeps, the more tired she feels
    * * *
    prp
    1 dos cosas, personas between;
    entre las dos y las tres between two and three
    2 más de dos among(st), between;
    entre nosotros among o between us;
    repartir algo entre tres split sth three ways
    lo pagamos entre todos we paid for it among o between us;
    lo hicieron entre tres they did it between the three of them;
    la relación entre ellos the relationship between them;
    te cuento entre mis amigos I regard you as a friend
    4 MAT
    :
    ocho entre cuatro son dos eight divided by four is two, four into eight is two
    * * *
    entre prep
    1) : between
    2) : among
    * * *
    entre prep
    1. (dos cosas) between

    Spanish-English dictionary > entre

  • 5 aecus

    aequus ( aecus, Pac. 32 Rib.; Lucr. 5, 1023 Lachm. and Munro; AIQVOS, S. C. de Bacch. 1. 26), a, um, adj. [formerly referred to EIKÔ, eoika, but Pott connects it with Sanscr. ēka = one, as if properly, one and uniform; others consider it as akin to aemulor, q. v.].
    I.
    A.. Of place, that extends or lies in a horizontal direction, plain, even, level, flat (esp. freq. in the strategic descriptions of the histt.;

    syn.: planus, aequalis, aequabilis, par, similis, justus): locus ad libellam aequus,

    level, Varr. R. R. 1, 6 fin.:

    aequus et planus locus,

    Cic. Caec. 17 fin.:

    in aequum locum se demittere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 28: legio, quae paulo aequiore loco constiterat, id. ib. 7, 51:

    in aequum locum deducere,

    Sall. J. 42 (cf. in Gr. eis to isoW katabainein, Xen. Anab. 4, 6, 18).— Trop.:

    sive loquitur ex inferiore loco sive aequo sive ex superiore,

    i. e. before the judges, sitting on raised seats, or in the Senate, or in the assembly of the people from the rostra, Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 23:

    meos multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos cum tuā summā laude,

    from the tribune, and on private matters, id. Fam. 3, 8.—In the histt., sometimes subst.: aequum, i, n., with a gen., level ground, a plain:

    facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore,

    Liv. 5, 38:

    ut primum agmen aequo, ceteri per acclive jugum insurgerent,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in aequum digredi,

    id. ib. 18:

    in aequo obstare,

    id. ib. 36; id. H. 4, 23.—Also, an eminence, if it rises without inequalities:

    dum Romanae cohortes in aequum eniterentur,

    up the slope, Tac. A. 2, 80.—As a level place is more favorable for military operations than an uneven one, aequus has the signif.,
    B.
    Favorable, convenient, advantageous (as its opp., iniquus, uneven, has that of unfavorable, etc.).
    1.
    Of place:

    locum se aequum ad dimicandum dedisse,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 73:

    etsi non aequum locum videbat suis,

    Nep. Milt. 5, 4:

    non hic silvas nec paludes, sed aequis locis aequos deos,

    Tac. A. 1, 68. —
    2.
    Of time: judicium aequiore tempore fieri oportere, more propitious, Cic. Corn. Fragm. ap. Ascon. p. 72:

    et tempore et loco aequo,

    Liv. 26, 3:

    tempore aequo,

    Suet. Caes. 35.—
    3.
    In gen., of persons or things (freq. and class.), favorable, kind, friendly, benevolent, etc.; constr. absol. with dat., or in and acc. (in poets in with abl.).
    (α).
    Absol.:

    consequeris, ut eos ipsos, quos contra statuas, aequos placatosque dimittas,

    Cic. Or. 10, 34:

    nobilitate inimica, non aequo senatu,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 3 med.:

    meis aequissimis utuntur auribus,

    id. Fam. 7, 33:

    oculis aspicere aequis,

    Verg. A. 4, 372:

    O dominum aequum et bonum,

    Suet. Aug. 53:

    boni et aequi et faciles domini,

    id. Tib. 29.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aequa Venus Teucris, Pallas iniqua fuit,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 6; id. A. A. 2, 310.—
    (γ).
    With in and acc.:

    quis hoc statuit, quod aequum sit in Quintium, id iniquum esse in Maevium,

    Cic. Quint. 14.—
    (δ).
    With in and abl.:

    victor erat quamvis, aequus in hoste fuit,

    Prop. 4, 18, 28.—Hence,
    4.
    aequus, i, m. subst., a friend:

    ego ut me tibi amicissimum esse et aequi et iniqui intellegant, curabo,

    both friends and enemies, Cic. Fam. 3, 6 fin.:

    aequis iniquisque persuasum erat,

    Liv. 5, 45.
    II.
    That is equal to another in any quality, equal, like; and of things divided into two equal parts, a half:

    aequo censu censeri,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 92:

    partīs,

    Lucr. 3, 125; so Aur. Vict. Orig. 19, 1; and Vulg. 1 Reg. 30, 24:

    aequa erit mensura sagorum,

    ib. Exod. 26, 8:

    pondera,

    ib. Lev. 19, 36:

    portio,

    ib. 2 Mach. 8, 30:

    aequa dementia,

    Lucr. 1, 705 al.:

    aequā manu discedere,

    to come off with equal advantage, Sall. C. 39; so,

    aequo Marte pugnare,

    with equal success, Liv. 2, 6; Curt. 4, 15, 29; Flor. 4, 2, 48 al.:

    urbs erat in summo nubibus aequa jugo,

    Ov. P. 4, 7, 24:

    aequum vulnus utrique tulit,

    id. M. 9, 719 (cf. id. ib. 7, 803:

    aequales urebant pectora flammae): sequiturque patrem non passibus aequis,

    Verg. A. 2, 724:

    pars aequa mundi,

    Plin. 2, 19, 17, § 81:

    utinam esset mihi pars aequa amoris tecum, i. e. aeque vicissim amaremus,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 12:

    non tertiam portionem, verum aequam,

    Plin. 3, 1, 1, § 5 al. —Hence the adverbial phrases,
    1.
    Ex aequo, in like manner, in an equal degree, equally ( = ex isou, Hdt., Dem.), Lucr. 1, 854:

    dixit et ex aequo donis formaque probata, etc.,

    Ov. H. 16, 87; 20, 123; id. Am. 1, 10, 33; id. A. A. 2, 682; id. M. 3, 145; 4, 62; Liv. 36, 37:

    adversarum rerum ex aequo socii sunt (Fosi Cheruscis), cum in secundis minores fuissent,

    Tac. G. 36 fin. —
    2.
    In aequo esse or stare, to be equal:

    qui cogit mori nolentem, in aequo est, quique properantem impedit,

    Sen. Phoen. 98:

    ut naturam oderint, quod infra deos sumus, quod non in aequo illis stetimus,

    id. Ben. 2, 29: in aequo ponere aliquem alicui, to make equal, to put on an equality, to compare:

    in aequo eum (Philopoemenem) summis imperatoribus posuerunt,

    Liv. 39, 50 fin. —
    B.
    Morally.
    1.
    Of persons, fair, equitable, impartial in conduct toward others (diff. from justus, just; v. aequitas, II.); constr. absol., with dat.; more rarely with gen.:

    praetor aequus et sapiens,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 65; 2, 5, 59:

    aequissimus aestimator et judex,

    id. Fin. 3, 2:

    praebere se aequum alicui,

    id. Fam. 2, 1:

    absentium aequi, praesentibus mobiles,

    benevolent toward, Tac. A. 6, 36.—
    2.
    Of things, fair, right, equitable, reasonable: ITA. SENATVS. AIQVOM. CENSVIT., S. C. de Bach. 1. 26: et aecum et rectum est, Pac. ap. Non. 261, 13 (Trag. Rel. p. 81 Rib.):

    aequa et honesta postulatio,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 2:

    quod justum est et aequum, servis praestate,

    just and fair, Vulg. Col. 4, 1:

    postulo primum id, quod aequissimum est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 2:

    aequa lex et omnibus utilis,

    id. Balb. 27:

    aequissimis legibus monere,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 5:

    aequae conditiones,

    Vell. 2, 25; see Fischer, Gr. II. 611.—Hence,
    3.
    ae-quum, i, n. subst., what is fair, equitable, or just; fairness, equity, or justice, etc.: jus atque aequum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    utilitas justi prope mater et aequi,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 98:

    aequi studium,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 6.—Often with comparatives, more than is right, proper, reasonable:

    lamentari amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 966:

    injurias gravius aequo habere,

    to feel too deeply, Sall. C. 50:

    potus largius aequo,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 215.—Hence, aequum est, it is reasonable, proper, right, etc.; constr. with acc. and inf., in good prose also with dat. pers. and ut, Rudd. II. p. 235, n. 21: nos quiescere aequom est, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 382 P. (Trag. v. 199 Vahl.):

    quae liberum scire aequom est adulescentem,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 25:

    significant Imbecillorum esse aecum misererier omnīs,

    Lucr. 5, 1023:

    non est aequum nos derelinquere verbum Dei,

    Vulg. Act. 6, 2:

    aequius est mori quam auctoritatem imperii foedare,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 12, 7:

    ut peritis? Ut piscatorem aequomst (sc. perire), fame sitique speque,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 7; so,

    sicut aequum est homini de potestate deorum timide et pauca dicamus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 16, 47.—In Plaut., with abl.:

    plus vidissem quam med atque illo aequom foret,

    would be becoming in me and him, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 84; id. Rud. prol. 47.—
    4.
    Aequum as subst. very freq. with bonum = aequitas, equitable conduct toward others, fairness, equity, etc.:

    neque quidquam queo aequi bonique ab eo impetrare,

    what is right and just, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 65:

    cum de jure civili, cum de aequo et bono disputaretur,

    Cic. Brut. 38:

    ex aequo et bono, non ex callido versutoque jure rem judicari oportere,

    id. Caecin. 23:

    fit reus magis ex aequo bonoque quam ex jure gentium,

    in accordance with justice and equity, Sall. J. 35.— Also without et:

    illi dolum malum, illi fidem bonam, illi aequum bonum tradiderunt,

    Cic. Top. 17.—So also, aequius melius, according to greater equily, Cic. Off. 3, 15; id. Top. 17.—
    C.
    Of a state of mind, even, unruffled, calm, composed, tranquil, patient, enduring (cf. aequitas, II. B.);

    esp. freq. with animus or mens: animus aequos optumum est aerumnae condimentum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71:

    concedo et quod animus aequus est et quia necesse est,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50:

    quodadest memento Componere aequus,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 32:

    tentantem majora, fere praesentibus aequum,

    id. Ep. 1, 17, 24;

    and so, aequam memento rebus in arduis Servare mentem, etc.,

    id. C. 2, 3, 1.—Esp. freq. in the adv. abl.: aequo (aequiore, aequissimo) animo, with even mind, with equanimity, patiently, calmly, quietly, with forbearance: ego, nisi Bibulus adniteretur de triumpho, aequo animo essem, nunc vero aischron siôpan, Cic. Att. 6, 8:

    carere aequo animo aliquā re,

    id. Brut. 6:

    ferre aliquid,

    Nep. Dion. 6, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 6, 3:

    accipere,

    Sall. C. 3, 2:

    tolerare,

    id. J. 31:

    quo aequiore animo Germanicus celerem successionem operiretur,

    Suet. Tib. 25:

    testem se in judiciis interrogari aequissimo animo patiebatur,

    id. Aug. 56.—In eccl. Lat. = bono animo:

    aequo animo esto,

    be of good cheer, Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7:

    aequo animo (aliquis) est? Psallat,

    ib. Jacob. 5, 13.—Hence: aequi bonique facere aliquid, to regard as fair and reasonable (prop., a gen. of value, Roby, § 1191), to put up with, be content with, submit to, acquiesce in, etc.:

    istuc aequi bonique facio,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40: tranquillissimus animus meus totum istuc aequi boni [p. 59] facit, Cic. Att. 7, 7; Liv. 34, 22 fin.:

    aequi istuc faciam,

    it will be all the same to me, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 189.—So also:

    aequi bonique dicere,

    to propose any thing reasonable, Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32.—Hence, aequē, adv., in like manner, equally, just as = ex aequo, pariter, Gr. isôs, omoiôs (indicating the entire equality of two objects compared, while similiter denotes only likeness):

    eā (benevolentiā) non pariter omnes egemus... honore et gloriā fortasse non aeque omnes egent,

    Cic. Off. 2, 8, 30:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    universa aeque eveniunt justo et impio,

    Vulg. Eccl. 9, 2.
    1.
    In the comic poets with cum or the comp. abl. (cf. adaeque); in Cic. and good class. authors gen. with et, atque, ac, ac si; less class. with quam, ut, quam ut; in Petr. with tamquam.
    (α).
    Aeque—cum:

    animum advorte, ut aeque mecum haec scias,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 66, id. Poen. prol. 47: novi aeque omnia tecum, Ter Phorm. 5, 9, 43. But in Plaut. As. 4, 1, 26, tecum una postea aeque pocla potitet, una belongs with tecum to potitet, and aeque is put absol. (sc. ut tu).—
    (β).
    Aeque with comp. abl.:

    nullus est hoc meticulosus aeque,

    as this person, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 137:

    qui me in terrā aeque fortunatus erit,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 51.—
    (γ).
    Aeque—et or aeque— que (as in Gr. ison kai, isa kai, Soph. Oed. Tyr. 611;

    Thuc. 3, 14). nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,

    equally as ourselves, Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67. versūs aeque prima et media et extrema pars attenditur, id. de Or. 3, 50, 192; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; so id. Mur. 13, 28; id. Clu. 69, 195, id. Tusc. 2, 26, 62 al.:

    quod Aeque neglectum pueris senibusque nocebit,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 26.—
    (δ).
    Aeque—atque, —ac, —ac si, as... as; as much as, as: vide ne, quem tu esse hebetem deputes aeque ac pecus, is, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45: pumex non aeque aridus atque hic est senex, Plaut Aul. 2, 4, 18; Ter. Phorm 1, 2, 43; Varr. R. R. 3, 8, 2:

    nisi haberes, qui illis aeque ac tu ipse gauderet,

    Cic. Lael. 6, 22:

    sed me colit et observat aeque atque patronum suum,

    id. Fam. 13, 69; 2, 2; so id. Brut. 71, 248; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; Cels. 6, 15; Tac. H. 4, 5; Suet. Caes. 12 al.: aeque ac si. with the subj., just as if. altogether as if:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 43, 3; Auct Her 2, 13, 19: quo factum est, ut jumenta aeque nitida ex castellis educeret ac si in campestribus ea locis habuisset, Nep Eum. 5. 6; Liv. 10, 7, 4; 44, 22, 5 al.—
    (ε).
    Aeque— quam (only in Plaut. and prose writers from the Aug. per.;

    neither in Cic. nor in Cæs.),

    as... as, in the same manner as, as well... as, like, Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 55;

    nullum esse agrum aeque feracem quam hic est,

    id. Epid. 2, 3, 1:

    nihil aeque eos terruit quam robur et color imperatoris,

    Liv. 28, 26, 14, 5, 6, 11; so 5, 3, 4; 31, 1, 3;

    in navibus posita aeque quam in aedificiis,

    Plin. 2, 81, 83, § 196; so 2, 70, 72, § 180; Tac. A. 14, 38; id. H. 2, 10; 4, 52; Suet. Aug. 64, 89; id. Galb. 4 al.—
    (ζ).
    Aeque—ut, a rare combination, and unworthy of imitation (in authors of the class. per. its reception rests, for the most part, upon false readings for aeque et or aeque ac), as much as, like, cui nihil aeque in causis agendis ut brevitas placet, Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 1 Keil. accinctus aeque ut discinctus, Vulg. 3 Reg. 20, 11. Possidebitis eam (terram) singuli aeque ut frater suus, ib. Ezech. 47, 14:

    idemque proficeret aeque ut rosaceum,

    Plin. 23, 4, 45, § 89, where Jan reads proficeret quod rosaceum. —In Plaut. once aeque—quasi for the class. aeque ac. quem videam aeque esse maestum quasi dies si dicta sit, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11 Fleck.—
    (η).
    Sometimes aeque—aeque, as well as, as much as. aeque pauperibus prodest, locupletibus aeque, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 25:

    aeque discordiam praepositorum, aeque concordiam subjectis exitiosam,

    Tac. Agr. 15.—
    2.
    The comparison is often to be supplied from the whole sentence or context; hence, aeque stands absol. for aeque ac, etc. (ante-class. freq.; also in Cic. and Liv.), equally, as much as, as: eadem oratio non aeque valet, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4 (from Eurip. Hec. 295: logos... ou tauton sthenei):

    satin habes, si feminarum nullast quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11: Aetna mons non aeque altus, id. Mil. 4, 2, 73; 4, 7, 10; id. Most. 1, 3, 85, etc.; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 32; Cic. Fam. 4, 6, 1; so id. ib. 5, 21; id. Fin. 4, 33, 62:

    aeque sons,

    Liv. 29, 19, 2;

    so 29, 19, 4 al.: aeque non est dubium,

    it is as little doubtful, Plin. 2, 15, 13, § 68.—
    3.
    With omnes, uterque, and definite numerals, to indicate that a thing applies equally to all the objects designated, equally:

    non omnia eadem aeque omnibus suavia esse scito,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 51; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 2; so Cic. Off. 2, 8, 31; id. Fin. 4, 27, 75 al.:

    etsi utrique nostrum prope aeque gratae erant (litterae),

    id. Fam. 13, 18; so id. Quint. 28, 86; Verg. G. 3, 118; Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 33; id. Fast. 1, 226:

    aeque ambo pares,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 60:

    duae trabes aeque longae,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 10; Suet. Aug. 101. —
    4.
    Sometimes absol., with several substantives, alike, equally:

    Tragici et comici Numquam aeque sunt meditati,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 2, 4. imperium bonus ignavus aeque sibi exoptant, Sall. C. 11.—
    5.
    In Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42, nec est mihi quisquam, melius aeque cui velim, melius velle is, perhaps, to be taken together as a phrase, and the comp. considered as used in a restricted sense, as in melius est. Others consider the comp. as used for the simple positive; cf. adaeque.—
    B.
    Justly, with equity:

    mihi id aeque factum arbitror,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 22 dub. (Ritschl: jureque id factum arbitror).— Comp.: ferro quam fame aequius perituros, more willingly, Sall. H. Fragm.— Sup.:

    aequissime jus dicere,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 11, 2:

    judicas ut qui aequissime,

    Sid. 15, Ep. 11.
    ► An old adverb.
    form, aequĭter, also occurs: praeda per participes aequiter partita est, Liv. Andr. ap. Non. 512, 31; so Pac. ib., Att. ib., and Plaut. acc. to Prisc. 1010 P.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aecus

  • 6 aequum

    aequus ( aecus, Pac. 32 Rib.; Lucr. 5, 1023 Lachm. and Munro; AIQVOS, S. C. de Bacch. 1. 26), a, um, adj. [formerly referred to EIKÔ, eoika, but Pott connects it with Sanscr. ēka = one, as if properly, one and uniform; others consider it as akin to aemulor, q. v.].
    I.
    A.. Of place, that extends or lies in a horizontal direction, plain, even, level, flat (esp. freq. in the strategic descriptions of the histt.;

    syn.: planus, aequalis, aequabilis, par, similis, justus): locus ad libellam aequus,

    level, Varr. R. R. 1, 6 fin.:

    aequus et planus locus,

    Cic. Caec. 17 fin.:

    in aequum locum se demittere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 28: legio, quae paulo aequiore loco constiterat, id. ib. 7, 51:

    in aequum locum deducere,

    Sall. J. 42 (cf. in Gr. eis to isoW katabainein, Xen. Anab. 4, 6, 18).— Trop.:

    sive loquitur ex inferiore loco sive aequo sive ex superiore,

    i. e. before the judges, sitting on raised seats, or in the Senate, or in the assembly of the people from the rostra, Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 23:

    meos multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos cum tuā summā laude,

    from the tribune, and on private matters, id. Fam. 3, 8.—In the histt., sometimes subst.: aequum, i, n., with a gen., level ground, a plain:

    facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore,

    Liv. 5, 38:

    ut primum agmen aequo, ceteri per acclive jugum insurgerent,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in aequum digredi,

    id. ib. 18:

    in aequo obstare,

    id. ib. 36; id. H. 4, 23.—Also, an eminence, if it rises without inequalities:

    dum Romanae cohortes in aequum eniterentur,

    up the slope, Tac. A. 2, 80.—As a level place is more favorable for military operations than an uneven one, aequus has the signif.,
    B.
    Favorable, convenient, advantageous (as its opp., iniquus, uneven, has that of unfavorable, etc.).
    1.
    Of place:

    locum se aequum ad dimicandum dedisse,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 73:

    etsi non aequum locum videbat suis,

    Nep. Milt. 5, 4:

    non hic silvas nec paludes, sed aequis locis aequos deos,

    Tac. A. 1, 68. —
    2.
    Of time: judicium aequiore tempore fieri oportere, more propitious, Cic. Corn. Fragm. ap. Ascon. p. 72:

    et tempore et loco aequo,

    Liv. 26, 3:

    tempore aequo,

    Suet. Caes. 35.—
    3.
    In gen., of persons or things (freq. and class.), favorable, kind, friendly, benevolent, etc.; constr. absol. with dat., or in and acc. (in poets in with abl.).
    (α).
    Absol.:

    consequeris, ut eos ipsos, quos contra statuas, aequos placatosque dimittas,

    Cic. Or. 10, 34:

    nobilitate inimica, non aequo senatu,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 3 med.:

    meis aequissimis utuntur auribus,

    id. Fam. 7, 33:

    oculis aspicere aequis,

    Verg. A. 4, 372:

    O dominum aequum et bonum,

    Suet. Aug. 53:

    boni et aequi et faciles domini,

    id. Tib. 29.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aequa Venus Teucris, Pallas iniqua fuit,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 6; id. A. A. 2, 310.—
    (γ).
    With in and acc.:

    quis hoc statuit, quod aequum sit in Quintium, id iniquum esse in Maevium,

    Cic. Quint. 14.—
    (δ).
    With in and abl.:

    victor erat quamvis, aequus in hoste fuit,

    Prop. 4, 18, 28.—Hence,
    4.
    aequus, i, m. subst., a friend:

    ego ut me tibi amicissimum esse et aequi et iniqui intellegant, curabo,

    both friends and enemies, Cic. Fam. 3, 6 fin.:

    aequis iniquisque persuasum erat,

    Liv. 5, 45.
    II.
    That is equal to another in any quality, equal, like; and of things divided into two equal parts, a half:

    aequo censu censeri,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 92:

    partīs,

    Lucr. 3, 125; so Aur. Vict. Orig. 19, 1; and Vulg. 1 Reg. 30, 24:

    aequa erit mensura sagorum,

    ib. Exod. 26, 8:

    pondera,

    ib. Lev. 19, 36:

    portio,

    ib. 2 Mach. 8, 30:

    aequa dementia,

    Lucr. 1, 705 al.:

    aequā manu discedere,

    to come off with equal advantage, Sall. C. 39; so,

    aequo Marte pugnare,

    with equal success, Liv. 2, 6; Curt. 4, 15, 29; Flor. 4, 2, 48 al.:

    urbs erat in summo nubibus aequa jugo,

    Ov. P. 4, 7, 24:

    aequum vulnus utrique tulit,

    id. M. 9, 719 (cf. id. ib. 7, 803:

    aequales urebant pectora flammae): sequiturque patrem non passibus aequis,

    Verg. A. 2, 724:

    pars aequa mundi,

    Plin. 2, 19, 17, § 81:

    utinam esset mihi pars aequa amoris tecum, i. e. aeque vicissim amaremus,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 12:

    non tertiam portionem, verum aequam,

    Plin. 3, 1, 1, § 5 al. —Hence the adverbial phrases,
    1.
    Ex aequo, in like manner, in an equal degree, equally ( = ex isou, Hdt., Dem.), Lucr. 1, 854:

    dixit et ex aequo donis formaque probata, etc.,

    Ov. H. 16, 87; 20, 123; id. Am. 1, 10, 33; id. A. A. 2, 682; id. M. 3, 145; 4, 62; Liv. 36, 37:

    adversarum rerum ex aequo socii sunt (Fosi Cheruscis), cum in secundis minores fuissent,

    Tac. G. 36 fin. —
    2.
    In aequo esse or stare, to be equal:

    qui cogit mori nolentem, in aequo est, quique properantem impedit,

    Sen. Phoen. 98:

    ut naturam oderint, quod infra deos sumus, quod non in aequo illis stetimus,

    id. Ben. 2, 29: in aequo ponere aliquem alicui, to make equal, to put on an equality, to compare:

    in aequo eum (Philopoemenem) summis imperatoribus posuerunt,

    Liv. 39, 50 fin. —
    B.
    Morally.
    1.
    Of persons, fair, equitable, impartial in conduct toward others (diff. from justus, just; v. aequitas, II.); constr. absol., with dat.; more rarely with gen.:

    praetor aequus et sapiens,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 65; 2, 5, 59:

    aequissimus aestimator et judex,

    id. Fin. 3, 2:

    praebere se aequum alicui,

    id. Fam. 2, 1:

    absentium aequi, praesentibus mobiles,

    benevolent toward, Tac. A. 6, 36.—
    2.
    Of things, fair, right, equitable, reasonable: ITA. SENATVS. AIQVOM. CENSVIT., S. C. de Bach. 1. 26: et aecum et rectum est, Pac. ap. Non. 261, 13 (Trag. Rel. p. 81 Rib.):

    aequa et honesta postulatio,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 2:

    quod justum est et aequum, servis praestate,

    just and fair, Vulg. Col. 4, 1:

    postulo primum id, quod aequissimum est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 2:

    aequa lex et omnibus utilis,

    id. Balb. 27:

    aequissimis legibus monere,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 5:

    aequae conditiones,

    Vell. 2, 25; see Fischer, Gr. II. 611.—Hence,
    3.
    ae-quum, i, n. subst., what is fair, equitable, or just; fairness, equity, or justice, etc.: jus atque aequum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    utilitas justi prope mater et aequi,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 98:

    aequi studium,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 6.—Often with comparatives, more than is right, proper, reasonable:

    lamentari amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 966:

    injurias gravius aequo habere,

    to feel too deeply, Sall. C. 50:

    potus largius aequo,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 215.—Hence, aequum est, it is reasonable, proper, right, etc.; constr. with acc. and inf., in good prose also with dat. pers. and ut, Rudd. II. p. 235, n. 21: nos quiescere aequom est, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 382 P. (Trag. v. 199 Vahl.):

    quae liberum scire aequom est adulescentem,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 25:

    significant Imbecillorum esse aecum misererier omnīs,

    Lucr. 5, 1023:

    non est aequum nos derelinquere verbum Dei,

    Vulg. Act. 6, 2:

    aequius est mori quam auctoritatem imperii foedare,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 12, 7:

    ut peritis? Ut piscatorem aequomst (sc. perire), fame sitique speque,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 7; so,

    sicut aequum est homini de potestate deorum timide et pauca dicamus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 16, 47.—In Plaut., with abl.:

    plus vidissem quam med atque illo aequom foret,

    would be becoming in me and him, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 84; id. Rud. prol. 47.—
    4.
    Aequum as subst. very freq. with bonum = aequitas, equitable conduct toward others, fairness, equity, etc.:

    neque quidquam queo aequi bonique ab eo impetrare,

    what is right and just, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 65:

    cum de jure civili, cum de aequo et bono disputaretur,

    Cic. Brut. 38:

    ex aequo et bono, non ex callido versutoque jure rem judicari oportere,

    id. Caecin. 23:

    fit reus magis ex aequo bonoque quam ex jure gentium,

    in accordance with justice and equity, Sall. J. 35.— Also without et:

    illi dolum malum, illi fidem bonam, illi aequum bonum tradiderunt,

    Cic. Top. 17.—So also, aequius melius, according to greater equily, Cic. Off. 3, 15; id. Top. 17.—
    C.
    Of a state of mind, even, unruffled, calm, composed, tranquil, patient, enduring (cf. aequitas, II. B.);

    esp. freq. with animus or mens: animus aequos optumum est aerumnae condimentum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71:

    concedo et quod animus aequus est et quia necesse est,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50:

    quodadest memento Componere aequus,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 32:

    tentantem majora, fere praesentibus aequum,

    id. Ep. 1, 17, 24;

    and so, aequam memento rebus in arduis Servare mentem, etc.,

    id. C. 2, 3, 1.—Esp. freq. in the adv. abl.: aequo (aequiore, aequissimo) animo, with even mind, with equanimity, patiently, calmly, quietly, with forbearance: ego, nisi Bibulus adniteretur de triumpho, aequo animo essem, nunc vero aischron siôpan, Cic. Att. 6, 8:

    carere aequo animo aliquā re,

    id. Brut. 6:

    ferre aliquid,

    Nep. Dion. 6, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 6, 3:

    accipere,

    Sall. C. 3, 2:

    tolerare,

    id. J. 31:

    quo aequiore animo Germanicus celerem successionem operiretur,

    Suet. Tib. 25:

    testem se in judiciis interrogari aequissimo animo patiebatur,

    id. Aug. 56.—In eccl. Lat. = bono animo:

    aequo animo esto,

    be of good cheer, Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7:

    aequo animo (aliquis) est? Psallat,

    ib. Jacob. 5, 13.—Hence: aequi bonique facere aliquid, to regard as fair and reasonable (prop., a gen. of value, Roby, § 1191), to put up with, be content with, submit to, acquiesce in, etc.:

    istuc aequi bonique facio,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40: tranquillissimus animus meus totum istuc aequi boni [p. 59] facit, Cic. Att. 7, 7; Liv. 34, 22 fin.:

    aequi istuc faciam,

    it will be all the same to me, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 189.—So also:

    aequi bonique dicere,

    to propose any thing reasonable, Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32.—Hence, aequē, adv., in like manner, equally, just as = ex aequo, pariter, Gr. isôs, omoiôs (indicating the entire equality of two objects compared, while similiter denotes only likeness):

    eā (benevolentiā) non pariter omnes egemus... honore et gloriā fortasse non aeque omnes egent,

    Cic. Off. 2, 8, 30:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    universa aeque eveniunt justo et impio,

    Vulg. Eccl. 9, 2.
    1.
    In the comic poets with cum or the comp. abl. (cf. adaeque); in Cic. and good class. authors gen. with et, atque, ac, ac si; less class. with quam, ut, quam ut; in Petr. with tamquam.
    (α).
    Aeque—cum:

    animum advorte, ut aeque mecum haec scias,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 66, id. Poen. prol. 47: novi aeque omnia tecum, Ter Phorm. 5, 9, 43. But in Plaut. As. 4, 1, 26, tecum una postea aeque pocla potitet, una belongs with tecum to potitet, and aeque is put absol. (sc. ut tu).—
    (β).
    Aeque with comp. abl.:

    nullus est hoc meticulosus aeque,

    as this person, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 137:

    qui me in terrā aeque fortunatus erit,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 51.—
    (γ).
    Aeque—et or aeque— que (as in Gr. ison kai, isa kai, Soph. Oed. Tyr. 611;

    Thuc. 3, 14). nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,

    equally as ourselves, Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67. versūs aeque prima et media et extrema pars attenditur, id. de Or. 3, 50, 192; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; so id. Mur. 13, 28; id. Clu. 69, 195, id. Tusc. 2, 26, 62 al.:

    quod Aeque neglectum pueris senibusque nocebit,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 26.—
    (δ).
    Aeque—atque, —ac, —ac si, as... as; as much as, as: vide ne, quem tu esse hebetem deputes aeque ac pecus, is, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45: pumex non aeque aridus atque hic est senex, Plaut Aul. 2, 4, 18; Ter. Phorm 1, 2, 43; Varr. R. R. 3, 8, 2:

    nisi haberes, qui illis aeque ac tu ipse gauderet,

    Cic. Lael. 6, 22:

    sed me colit et observat aeque atque patronum suum,

    id. Fam. 13, 69; 2, 2; so id. Brut. 71, 248; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; Cels. 6, 15; Tac. H. 4, 5; Suet. Caes. 12 al.: aeque ac si. with the subj., just as if. altogether as if:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 43, 3; Auct Her 2, 13, 19: quo factum est, ut jumenta aeque nitida ex castellis educeret ac si in campestribus ea locis habuisset, Nep Eum. 5. 6; Liv. 10, 7, 4; 44, 22, 5 al.—
    (ε).
    Aeque— quam (only in Plaut. and prose writers from the Aug. per.;

    neither in Cic. nor in Cæs.),

    as... as, in the same manner as, as well... as, like, Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 55;

    nullum esse agrum aeque feracem quam hic est,

    id. Epid. 2, 3, 1:

    nihil aeque eos terruit quam robur et color imperatoris,

    Liv. 28, 26, 14, 5, 6, 11; so 5, 3, 4; 31, 1, 3;

    in navibus posita aeque quam in aedificiis,

    Plin. 2, 81, 83, § 196; so 2, 70, 72, § 180; Tac. A. 14, 38; id. H. 2, 10; 4, 52; Suet. Aug. 64, 89; id. Galb. 4 al.—
    (ζ).
    Aeque—ut, a rare combination, and unworthy of imitation (in authors of the class. per. its reception rests, for the most part, upon false readings for aeque et or aeque ac), as much as, like, cui nihil aeque in causis agendis ut brevitas placet, Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 1 Keil. accinctus aeque ut discinctus, Vulg. 3 Reg. 20, 11. Possidebitis eam (terram) singuli aeque ut frater suus, ib. Ezech. 47, 14:

    idemque proficeret aeque ut rosaceum,

    Plin. 23, 4, 45, § 89, where Jan reads proficeret quod rosaceum. —In Plaut. once aeque—quasi for the class. aeque ac. quem videam aeque esse maestum quasi dies si dicta sit, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11 Fleck.—
    (η).
    Sometimes aeque—aeque, as well as, as much as. aeque pauperibus prodest, locupletibus aeque, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 25:

    aeque discordiam praepositorum, aeque concordiam subjectis exitiosam,

    Tac. Agr. 15.—
    2.
    The comparison is often to be supplied from the whole sentence or context; hence, aeque stands absol. for aeque ac, etc. (ante-class. freq.; also in Cic. and Liv.), equally, as much as, as: eadem oratio non aeque valet, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4 (from Eurip. Hec. 295: logos... ou tauton sthenei):

    satin habes, si feminarum nullast quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11: Aetna mons non aeque altus, id. Mil. 4, 2, 73; 4, 7, 10; id. Most. 1, 3, 85, etc.; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 32; Cic. Fam. 4, 6, 1; so id. ib. 5, 21; id. Fin. 4, 33, 62:

    aeque sons,

    Liv. 29, 19, 2;

    so 29, 19, 4 al.: aeque non est dubium,

    it is as little doubtful, Plin. 2, 15, 13, § 68.—
    3.
    With omnes, uterque, and definite numerals, to indicate that a thing applies equally to all the objects designated, equally:

    non omnia eadem aeque omnibus suavia esse scito,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 51; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 2; so Cic. Off. 2, 8, 31; id. Fin. 4, 27, 75 al.:

    etsi utrique nostrum prope aeque gratae erant (litterae),

    id. Fam. 13, 18; so id. Quint. 28, 86; Verg. G. 3, 118; Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 33; id. Fast. 1, 226:

    aeque ambo pares,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 60:

    duae trabes aeque longae,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 10; Suet. Aug. 101. —
    4.
    Sometimes absol., with several substantives, alike, equally:

    Tragici et comici Numquam aeque sunt meditati,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 2, 4. imperium bonus ignavus aeque sibi exoptant, Sall. C. 11.—
    5.
    In Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42, nec est mihi quisquam, melius aeque cui velim, melius velle is, perhaps, to be taken together as a phrase, and the comp. considered as used in a restricted sense, as in melius est. Others consider the comp. as used for the simple positive; cf. adaeque.—
    B.
    Justly, with equity:

    mihi id aeque factum arbitror,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 22 dub. (Ritschl: jureque id factum arbitror).— Comp.: ferro quam fame aequius perituros, more willingly, Sall. H. Fragm.— Sup.:

    aequissime jus dicere,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 11, 2:

    judicas ut qui aequissime,

    Sid. 15, Ep. 11.
    ► An old adverb.
    form, aequĭter, also occurs: praeda per participes aequiter partita est, Liv. Andr. ap. Non. 512, 31; so Pac. ib., Att. ib., and Plaut. acc. to Prisc. 1010 P.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aequum

  • 7 aequus

    aequus ( aecus, Pac. 32 Rib.; Lucr. 5, 1023 Lachm. and Munro; AIQVOS, S. C. de Bacch. 1. 26), a, um, adj. [formerly referred to EIKÔ, eoika, but Pott connects it with Sanscr. ēka = one, as if properly, one and uniform; others consider it as akin to aemulor, q. v.].
    I.
    A.. Of place, that extends or lies in a horizontal direction, plain, even, level, flat (esp. freq. in the strategic descriptions of the histt.;

    syn.: planus, aequalis, aequabilis, par, similis, justus): locus ad libellam aequus,

    level, Varr. R. R. 1, 6 fin.:

    aequus et planus locus,

    Cic. Caec. 17 fin.:

    in aequum locum se demittere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 28: legio, quae paulo aequiore loco constiterat, id. ib. 7, 51:

    in aequum locum deducere,

    Sall. J. 42 (cf. in Gr. eis to isoW katabainein, Xen. Anab. 4, 6, 18).— Trop.:

    sive loquitur ex inferiore loco sive aequo sive ex superiore,

    i. e. before the judges, sitting on raised seats, or in the Senate, or in the assembly of the people from the rostra, Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 23:

    meos multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos cum tuā summā laude,

    from the tribune, and on private matters, id. Fam. 3, 8.—In the histt., sometimes subst.: aequum, i, n., with a gen., level ground, a plain:

    facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore,

    Liv. 5, 38:

    ut primum agmen aequo, ceteri per acclive jugum insurgerent,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in aequum digredi,

    id. ib. 18:

    in aequo obstare,

    id. ib. 36; id. H. 4, 23.—Also, an eminence, if it rises without inequalities:

    dum Romanae cohortes in aequum eniterentur,

    up the slope, Tac. A. 2, 80.—As a level place is more favorable for military operations than an uneven one, aequus has the signif.,
    B.
    Favorable, convenient, advantageous (as its opp., iniquus, uneven, has that of unfavorable, etc.).
    1.
    Of place:

    locum se aequum ad dimicandum dedisse,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 73:

    etsi non aequum locum videbat suis,

    Nep. Milt. 5, 4:

    non hic silvas nec paludes, sed aequis locis aequos deos,

    Tac. A. 1, 68. —
    2.
    Of time: judicium aequiore tempore fieri oportere, more propitious, Cic. Corn. Fragm. ap. Ascon. p. 72:

    et tempore et loco aequo,

    Liv. 26, 3:

    tempore aequo,

    Suet. Caes. 35.—
    3.
    In gen., of persons or things (freq. and class.), favorable, kind, friendly, benevolent, etc.; constr. absol. with dat., or in and acc. (in poets in with abl.).
    (α).
    Absol.:

    consequeris, ut eos ipsos, quos contra statuas, aequos placatosque dimittas,

    Cic. Or. 10, 34:

    nobilitate inimica, non aequo senatu,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 3 med.:

    meis aequissimis utuntur auribus,

    id. Fam. 7, 33:

    oculis aspicere aequis,

    Verg. A. 4, 372:

    O dominum aequum et bonum,

    Suet. Aug. 53:

    boni et aequi et faciles domini,

    id. Tib. 29.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aequa Venus Teucris, Pallas iniqua fuit,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 6; id. A. A. 2, 310.—
    (γ).
    With in and acc.:

    quis hoc statuit, quod aequum sit in Quintium, id iniquum esse in Maevium,

    Cic. Quint. 14.—
    (δ).
    With in and abl.:

    victor erat quamvis, aequus in hoste fuit,

    Prop. 4, 18, 28.—Hence,
    4.
    aequus, i, m. subst., a friend:

    ego ut me tibi amicissimum esse et aequi et iniqui intellegant, curabo,

    both friends and enemies, Cic. Fam. 3, 6 fin.:

    aequis iniquisque persuasum erat,

    Liv. 5, 45.
    II.
    That is equal to another in any quality, equal, like; and of things divided into two equal parts, a half:

    aequo censu censeri,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 92:

    partīs,

    Lucr. 3, 125; so Aur. Vict. Orig. 19, 1; and Vulg. 1 Reg. 30, 24:

    aequa erit mensura sagorum,

    ib. Exod. 26, 8:

    pondera,

    ib. Lev. 19, 36:

    portio,

    ib. 2 Mach. 8, 30:

    aequa dementia,

    Lucr. 1, 705 al.:

    aequā manu discedere,

    to come off with equal advantage, Sall. C. 39; so,

    aequo Marte pugnare,

    with equal success, Liv. 2, 6; Curt. 4, 15, 29; Flor. 4, 2, 48 al.:

    urbs erat in summo nubibus aequa jugo,

    Ov. P. 4, 7, 24:

    aequum vulnus utrique tulit,

    id. M. 9, 719 (cf. id. ib. 7, 803:

    aequales urebant pectora flammae): sequiturque patrem non passibus aequis,

    Verg. A. 2, 724:

    pars aequa mundi,

    Plin. 2, 19, 17, § 81:

    utinam esset mihi pars aequa amoris tecum, i. e. aeque vicissim amaremus,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 12:

    non tertiam portionem, verum aequam,

    Plin. 3, 1, 1, § 5 al. —Hence the adverbial phrases,
    1.
    Ex aequo, in like manner, in an equal degree, equally ( = ex isou, Hdt., Dem.), Lucr. 1, 854:

    dixit et ex aequo donis formaque probata, etc.,

    Ov. H. 16, 87; 20, 123; id. Am. 1, 10, 33; id. A. A. 2, 682; id. M. 3, 145; 4, 62; Liv. 36, 37:

    adversarum rerum ex aequo socii sunt (Fosi Cheruscis), cum in secundis minores fuissent,

    Tac. G. 36 fin. —
    2.
    In aequo esse or stare, to be equal:

    qui cogit mori nolentem, in aequo est, quique properantem impedit,

    Sen. Phoen. 98:

    ut naturam oderint, quod infra deos sumus, quod non in aequo illis stetimus,

    id. Ben. 2, 29: in aequo ponere aliquem alicui, to make equal, to put on an equality, to compare:

    in aequo eum (Philopoemenem) summis imperatoribus posuerunt,

    Liv. 39, 50 fin. —
    B.
    Morally.
    1.
    Of persons, fair, equitable, impartial in conduct toward others (diff. from justus, just; v. aequitas, II.); constr. absol., with dat.; more rarely with gen.:

    praetor aequus et sapiens,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 65; 2, 5, 59:

    aequissimus aestimator et judex,

    id. Fin. 3, 2:

    praebere se aequum alicui,

    id. Fam. 2, 1:

    absentium aequi, praesentibus mobiles,

    benevolent toward, Tac. A. 6, 36.—
    2.
    Of things, fair, right, equitable, reasonable: ITA. SENATVS. AIQVOM. CENSVIT., S. C. de Bach. 1. 26: et aecum et rectum est, Pac. ap. Non. 261, 13 (Trag. Rel. p. 81 Rib.):

    aequa et honesta postulatio,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 2:

    quod justum est et aequum, servis praestate,

    just and fair, Vulg. Col. 4, 1:

    postulo primum id, quod aequissimum est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 2:

    aequa lex et omnibus utilis,

    id. Balb. 27:

    aequissimis legibus monere,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 5:

    aequae conditiones,

    Vell. 2, 25; see Fischer, Gr. II. 611.—Hence,
    3.
    ae-quum, i, n. subst., what is fair, equitable, or just; fairness, equity, or justice, etc.: jus atque aequum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    utilitas justi prope mater et aequi,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 98:

    aequi studium,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 6.—Often with comparatives, more than is right, proper, reasonable:

    lamentari amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 966:

    injurias gravius aequo habere,

    to feel too deeply, Sall. C. 50:

    potus largius aequo,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 215.—Hence, aequum est, it is reasonable, proper, right, etc.; constr. with acc. and inf., in good prose also with dat. pers. and ut, Rudd. II. p. 235, n. 21: nos quiescere aequom est, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 382 P. (Trag. v. 199 Vahl.):

    quae liberum scire aequom est adulescentem,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 25:

    significant Imbecillorum esse aecum misererier omnīs,

    Lucr. 5, 1023:

    non est aequum nos derelinquere verbum Dei,

    Vulg. Act. 6, 2:

    aequius est mori quam auctoritatem imperii foedare,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 12, 7:

    ut peritis? Ut piscatorem aequomst (sc. perire), fame sitique speque,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 7; so,

    sicut aequum est homini de potestate deorum timide et pauca dicamus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 16, 47.—In Plaut., with abl.:

    plus vidissem quam med atque illo aequom foret,

    would be becoming in me and him, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 84; id. Rud. prol. 47.—
    4.
    Aequum as subst. very freq. with bonum = aequitas, equitable conduct toward others, fairness, equity, etc.:

    neque quidquam queo aequi bonique ab eo impetrare,

    what is right and just, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 65:

    cum de jure civili, cum de aequo et bono disputaretur,

    Cic. Brut. 38:

    ex aequo et bono, non ex callido versutoque jure rem judicari oportere,

    id. Caecin. 23:

    fit reus magis ex aequo bonoque quam ex jure gentium,

    in accordance with justice and equity, Sall. J. 35.— Also without et:

    illi dolum malum, illi fidem bonam, illi aequum bonum tradiderunt,

    Cic. Top. 17.—So also, aequius melius, according to greater equily, Cic. Off. 3, 15; id. Top. 17.—
    C.
    Of a state of mind, even, unruffled, calm, composed, tranquil, patient, enduring (cf. aequitas, II. B.);

    esp. freq. with animus or mens: animus aequos optumum est aerumnae condimentum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71:

    concedo et quod animus aequus est et quia necesse est,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50:

    quodadest memento Componere aequus,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 32:

    tentantem majora, fere praesentibus aequum,

    id. Ep. 1, 17, 24;

    and so, aequam memento rebus in arduis Servare mentem, etc.,

    id. C. 2, 3, 1.—Esp. freq. in the adv. abl.: aequo (aequiore, aequissimo) animo, with even mind, with equanimity, patiently, calmly, quietly, with forbearance: ego, nisi Bibulus adniteretur de triumpho, aequo animo essem, nunc vero aischron siôpan, Cic. Att. 6, 8:

    carere aequo animo aliquā re,

    id. Brut. 6:

    ferre aliquid,

    Nep. Dion. 6, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 6, 3:

    accipere,

    Sall. C. 3, 2:

    tolerare,

    id. J. 31:

    quo aequiore animo Germanicus celerem successionem operiretur,

    Suet. Tib. 25:

    testem se in judiciis interrogari aequissimo animo patiebatur,

    id. Aug. 56.—In eccl. Lat. = bono animo:

    aequo animo esto,

    be of good cheer, Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7:

    aequo animo (aliquis) est? Psallat,

    ib. Jacob. 5, 13.—Hence: aequi bonique facere aliquid, to regard as fair and reasonable (prop., a gen. of value, Roby, § 1191), to put up with, be content with, submit to, acquiesce in, etc.:

    istuc aequi bonique facio,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40: tranquillissimus animus meus totum istuc aequi boni [p. 59] facit, Cic. Att. 7, 7; Liv. 34, 22 fin.:

    aequi istuc faciam,

    it will be all the same to me, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 189.—So also:

    aequi bonique dicere,

    to propose any thing reasonable, Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32.—Hence, aequē, adv., in like manner, equally, just as = ex aequo, pariter, Gr. isôs, omoiôs (indicating the entire equality of two objects compared, while similiter denotes only likeness):

    eā (benevolentiā) non pariter omnes egemus... honore et gloriā fortasse non aeque omnes egent,

    Cic. Off. 2, 8, 30:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    universa aeque eveniunt justo et impio,

    Vulg. Eccl. 9, 2.
    1.
    In the comic poets with cum or the comp. abl. (cf. adaeque); in Cic. and good class. authors gen. with et, atque, ac, ac si; less class. with quam, ut, quam ut; in Petr. with tamquam.
    (α).
    Aeque—cum:

    animum advorte, ut aeque mecum haec scias,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 66, id. Poen. prol. 47: novi aeque omnia tecum, Ter Phorm. 5, 9, 43. But in Plaut. As. 4, 1, 26, tecum una postea aeque pocla potitet, una belongs with tecum to potitet, and aeque is put absol. (sc. ut tu).—
    (β).
    Aeque with comp. abl.:

    nullus est hoc meticulosus aeque,

    as this person, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 137:

    qui me in terrā aeque fortunatus erit,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 51.—
    (γ).
    Aeque—et or aeque— que (as in Gr. ison kai, isa kai, Soph. Oed. Tyr. 611;

    Thuc. 3, 14). nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,

    equally as ourselves, Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67. versūs aeque prima et media et extrema pars attenditur, id. de Or. 3, 50, 192; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; so id. Mur. 13, 28; id. Clu. 69, 195, id. Tusc. 2, 26, 62 al.:

    quod Aeque neglectum pueris senibusque nocebit,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 26.—
    (δ).
    Aeque—atque, —ac, —ac si, as... as; as much as, as: vide ne, quem tu esse hebetem deputes aeque ac pecus, is, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45: pumex non aeque aridus atque hic est senex, Plaut Aul. 2, 4, 18; Ter. Phorm 1, 2, 43; Varr. R. R. 3, 8, 2:

    nisi haberes, qui illis aeque ac tu ipse gauderet,

    Cic. Lael. 6, 22:

    sed me colit et observat aeque atque patronum suum,

    id. Fam. 13, 69; 2, 2; so id. Brut. 71, 248; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; Cels. 6, 15; Tac. H. 4, 5; Suet. Caes. 12 al.: aeque ac si. with the subj., just as if. altogether as if:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 43, 3; Auct Her 2, 13, 19: quo factum est, ut jumenta aeque nitida ex castellis educeret ac si in campestribus ea locis habuisset, Nep Eum. 5. 6; Liv. 10, 7, 4; 44, 22, 5 al.—
    (ε).
    Aeque— quam (only in Plaut. and prose writers from the Aug. per.;

    neither in Cic. nor in Cæs.),

    as... as, in the same manner as, as well... as, like, Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 55;

    nullum esse agrum aeque feracem quam hic est,

    id. Epid. 2, 3, 1:

    nihil aeque eos terruit quam robur et color imperatoris,

    Liv. 28, 26, 14, 5, 6, 11; so 5, 3, 4; 31, 1, 3;

    in navibus posita aeque quam in aedificiis,

    Plin. 2, 81, 83, § 196; so 2, 70, 72, § 180; Tac. A. 14, 38; id. H. 2, 10; 4, 52; Suet. Aug. 64, 89; id. Galb. 4 al.—
    (ζ).
    Aeque—ut, a rare combination, and unworthy of imitation (in authors of the class. per. its reception rests, for the most part, upon false readings for aeque et or aeque ac), as much as, like, cui nihil aeque in causis agendis ut brevitas placet, Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 1 Keil. accinctus aeque ut discinctus, Vulg. 3 Reg. 20, 11. Possidebitis eam (terram) singuli aeque ut frater suus, ib. Ezech. 47, 14:

    idemque proficeret aeque ut rosaceum,

    Plin. 23, 4, 45, § 89, where Jan reads proficeret quod rosaceum. —In Plaut. once aeque—quasi for the class. aeque ac. quem videam aeque esse maestum quasi dies si dicta sit, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11 Fleck.—
    (η).
    Sometimes aeque—aeque, as well as, as much as. aeque pauperibus prodest, locupletibus aeque, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 25:

    aeque discordiam praepositorum, aeque concordiam subjectis exitiosam,

    Tac. Agr. 15.—
    2.
    The comparison is often to be supplied from the whole sentence or context; hence, aeque stands absol. for aeque ac, etc. (ante-class. freq.; also in Cic. and Liv.), equally, as much as, as: eadem oratio non aeque valet, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4 (from Eurip. Hec. 295: logos... ou tauton sthenei):

    satin habes, si feminarum nullast quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11: Aetna mons non aeque altus, id. Mil. 4, 2, 73; 4, 7, 10; id. Most. 1, 3, 85, etc.; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 32; Cic. Fam. 4, 6, 1; so id. ib. 5, 21; id. Fin. 4, 33, 62:

    aeque sons,

    Liv. 29, 19, 2;

    so 29, 19, 4 al.: aeque non est dubium,

    it is as little doubtful, Plin. 2, 15, 13, § 68.—
    3.
    With omnes, uterque, and definite numerals, to indicate that a thing applies equally to all the objects designated, equally:

    non omnia eadem aeque omnibus suavia esse scito,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 51; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 2; so Cic. Off. 2, 8, 31; id. Fin. 4, 27, 75 al.:

    etsi utrique nostrum prope aeque gratae erant (litterae),

    id. Fam. 13, 18; so id. Quint. 28, 86; Verg. G. 3, 118; Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 33; id. Fast. 1, 226:

    aeque ambo pares,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 60:

    duae trabes aeque longae,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 10; Suet. Aug. 101. —
    4.
    Sometimes absol., with several substantives, alike, equally:

    Tragici et comici Numquam aeque sunt meditati,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 2, 4. imperium bonus ignavus aeque sibi exoptant, Sall. C. 11.—
    5.
    In Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42, nec est mihi quisquam, melius aeque cui velim, melius velle is, perhaps, to be taken together as a phrase, and the comp. considered as used in a restricted sense, as in melius est. Others consider the comp. as used for the simple positive; cf. adaeque.—
    B.
    Justly, with equity:

    mihi id aeque factum arbitror,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 22 dub. (Ritschl: jureque id factum arbitror).— Comp.: ferro quam fame aequius perituros, more willingly, Sall. H. Fragm.— Sup.:

    aequissime jus dicere,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 11, 2:

    judicas ut qui aequissime,

    Sid. 15, Ep. 11.
    ► An old adverb.
    form, aequĭter, also occurs: praeda per participes aequiter partita est, Liv. Andr. ap. Non. 512, 31; so Pac. ib., Att. ib., and Plaut. acc. to Prisc. 1010 P.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aequus

  • 8 creer

    v.
    1 to believe.
    debe de ser bastante interesante — no creas,… it must be very interesting — far from it o don't you believe it,…
    2 to believe (estar convencido de).
    créeme, sólo quería ayudar believe me o honestly, I only wanted to help
    ¡ya lo creo! of course!
    Ricardo cree en la reencarnación Richard believes in reincarnation.
    María cree todas sus mentiras Mary believes all his lies.
    Yo le creo a ella I believe her.
    3 to think.
    no creo, creo que no I don't think so
    creo que sí I think so
    creo que ha sido Sara I think it was Sara
    ¡quién lo hubiera creído! who would have thought it!
    creer a alguien capaz de hacer algo to believe somebody to be capable of doing something
    4 to consider oneself to, to believe to.
    Creo estar preparado para ello I consider myself to be ready for that.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ LEER], like link=leer leer
    1 (dar por cierto) to believe
    2 (suponer, opinar) to think, suppose
    ■ ¿y tú que crees? what do you think?
    3 (tener fe) to believe
    1 (tener fe) to believe
    1 (aceptar) to believe
    ■ no me lo creo I don't believe it, I can't believe it
    2 (considerarse) to think
    ■ ¿quién te has creído que eres? who do you think you are?
    \
    creer a ciencia cierta to be convinced
    creer a ojos cerrados to believe blindly
    creer a pies juntillas to firmly believe
    ¡no creas! do you really think so?, I'm not so sure
    no vayas a creer que... don't go thinking that...
    ¡que te crees tú eso! that's what you think!
    ¡ya lo creo! of course!
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) (=pensar)

    es de Madrid, según creo — I believe she's from Madrid

    es difícil, no creas — it's hard enough, I can tell you

    2)

    • creer en — to believe in

    ¿crees en los fantasmas? — do you believe in ghosts?

    2. VT
    1) (=considerar cierto) to believe

    créame — believe me, take my word for it

    • ¡ya lo creo!, -¿quieres un café? -¡ya lo creo! — "do you want some coffee?" - "you bet!" *

    ¡ya lo creo que está roto! — you bet it's broken!, it certainly is broken!

    ¿que yo voy a ir andando hasta el faro? ¡ya lo creo! — iró you think I'm going to walk all the way to the lighthouse? you must be joking! *

    ¿que tú no sabías lo del examen? ¡sí, sí, ya lo creo! — iró you didn't know about the exam? oh, sure you didn't! *

    2) (=pensar) to think

    • creer que — to think (that)

    creo que es sincera — I think she's sincere, I believe her to be sincere

    no se vaya usted a creer que... — don't go thinking that..., I wouldn't want you to think that...

    3) (=considerar) to think

    lo creo mi deber — I think o consider it (to be) my duty

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) (Relig) to believe
    b) (tener fe, confianza)

    creer en algo/alguien — to believe in something/somebody

    c) (+ me/te/le etc) to believe

    no te puedo creer! — I don't o can't believe it!

    2) (pensar, juzgar) to think

    ¿estará en casa ahora? - no creo — will she be at home now? - I don't think so

    él la quiere - ¿tú crees? — he loves her - do you think so?

    ocurrió en 1965, según creo — I believe o understand it took place in 1965

    no creas, es bastante difícil — believe me, it's quite hard

    esto ya pasaba antes, no crea usted — this used to happen before as well, you know

    2.
    creer vt
    1) ( dar por cierto) to believe

    lo creas o no lo creas or aunque no lo creas — believe it or not

    2) (pensar, juzgar) to think

    creo que sí/creo que no — I think so/I don't think so

    creo que no va a poder resolverlo — I don't believe o think she'll be able to sort it out

    ¿me crees tan estúpida? — do you really think I'm that stupid?

    no creer que + subj: no creo que pueda resolverlo I doubt if o I don't think I'll be able to solve it; no creo/no puedo creer que lo haya hecho I don't/can't believe that he did it; no vaya a creer que es para él he might get the impression it's for him; creer + inf: creí oír un ruido I thought I heard a noise; creo recordar que... I seem to remember that...; creo haberlo visto antes — I think I've seen it before

    3.
    creerse v pron
    1) (dar por cierto, figurarse)
    a) (enf) ( con ingenuidad) to believe
    b) ( con arrogancia) to think

    ¿quién se creerá que es? — who does he think he is?

    ¿qué se habrán creído? — what do they take me (o us etc) for?

    ¿qué te crees, que soy tu criada? — what do you think I am, your maid or something?

    se lo tiene muy creído — (Esp fam) he's very full of himself (colloq)

    que te crees tú eso! or que te lo has creído! — (Esp fam) you must be kidding! (colloq)

    2) (refl)
    b) (CS fam) ( estimarse superior) to think one is special (o great etc)
    3) (Méx) ( fiarse)
    * * *
    = believe, feel, think, opine.
    Ex. The preferred citation order should be that order which is believed to match the approach of many users who can be expected to retrieve information on the topic.
    Ex. Some feel that the non-expressive nature of the notation limits the scheme's usefulness in computerised data bases.
    Ex. Whether the juxtaposition of language with literature is as weighty an advantage as has on occasion been claimed is, I think, debatable.
    Ex. Such techniques, she opined, emphasize production over people.
    ----
    * aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.
    * ¡como para creérselo! = Posesivo + famous last words.
    * créeme = take it from me.
    * creer a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.
    * creer adecuado = see + fit, think + fit.
    * creer en imposibilidades = believe in + impossibilities.
    * creer en lo imposible = believe in + the impossible.
    * creer necesario = feel + need for.
    * creer que estar bien = feel + right.
    * creer que estar mal = feel + wrong.
    * creerse = make out to be.
    * creerse Dios = play + God.
    * creerse equivocadamente = lull + Nombre + into thinking.
    * creerse la salvación de = be god's gift to.
    * creérselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.
    * creérselo = go to + Posesivo + head, get + too big for + Posesivo + boots, get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.
    * creerse una broma = fall for + a joke, fall for + it.
    * hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.
    * lo creas o no = believe it or not.
    * no creerse Algo al pie de la letra = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.
    * no creerse Algo del todo = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.
    * según se cree = reputedly.
    * ser difícil de creer = beggar + belief.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) (Relig) to believe
    b) (tener fe, confianza)

    creer en algo/alguien — to believe in something/somebody

    c) (+ me/te/le etc) to believe

    no te puedo creer! — I don't o can't believe it!

    2) (pensar, juzgar) to think

    ¿estará en casa ahora? - no creo — will she be at home now? - I don't think so

    él la quiere - ¿tú crees? — he loves her - do you think so?

    ocurrió en 1965, según creo — I believe o understand it took place in 1965

    no creas, es bastante difícil — believe me, it's quite hard

    esto ya pasaba antes, no crea usted — this used to happen before as well, you know

    2.
    creer vt
    1) ( dar por cierto) to believe

    lo creas o no lo creas or aunque no lo creas — believe it or not

    2) (pensar, juzgar) to think

    creo que sí/creo que no — I think so/I don't think so

    creo que no va a poder resolverlo — I don't believe o think she'll be able to sort it out

    ¿me crees tan estúpida? — do you really think I'm that stupid?

    no creer que + subj: no creo que pueda resolverlo I doubt if o I don't think I'll be able to solve it; no creo/no puedo creer que lo haya hecho I don't/can't believe that he did it; no vaya a creer que es para él he might get the impression it's for him; creer + inf: creí oír un ruido I thought I heard a noise; creo recordar que... I seem to remember that...; creo haberlo visto antes — I think I've seen it before

    3.
    creerse v pron
    1) (dar por cierto, figurarse)
    a) (enf) ( con ingenuidad) to believe
    b) ( con arrogancia) to think

    ¿quién se creerá que es? — who does he think he is?

    ¿qué se habrán creído? — what do they take me (o us etc) for?

    ¿qué te crees, que soy tu criada? — what do you think I am, your maid or something?

    se lo tiene muy creído — (Esp fam) he's very full of himself (colloq)

    que te crees tú eso! or que te lo has creído! — (Esp fam) you must be kidding! (colloq)

    2) (refl)
    b) (CS fam) ( estimarse superior) to think one is special (o great etc)
    3) (Méx) ( fiarse)
    * * *
    = believe, feel, think, opine.

    Ex: The preferred citation order should be that order which is believed to match the approach of many users who can be expected to retrieve information on the topic.

    Ex: Some feel that the non-expressive nature of the notation limits the scheme's usefulness in computerised data bases.
    Ex: Whether the juxtaposition of language with literature is as weighty an advantage as has on occasion been claimed is, I think, debatable.
    Ex: Such techniques, she opined, emphasize production over people.
    * aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.
    * ¡como para creérselo! = Posesivo + famous last words.
    * créeme = take it from me.
    * creer a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.
    * creer adecuado = see + fit, think + fit.
    * creer en imposibilidades = believe in + impossibilities.
    * creer en lo imposible = believe in + the impossible.
    * creer necesario = feel + need for.
    * creer que estar bien = feel + right.
    * creer que estar mal = feel + wrong.
    * creerse = make out to be.
    * creerse Dios = play + God.
    * creerse equivocadamente = lull + Nombre + into thinking.
    * creerse la salvación de = be god's gift to.
    * creérselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.
    * creérselo = go to + Posesivo + head, get + too big for + Posesivo + boots, get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.
    * creerse una broma = fall for + a joke, fall for + it.
    * hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.
    * lo creas o no = believe it or not.
    * no creerse Algo al pie de la letra = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.
    * no creerse Algo del todo = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.
    * según se cree = reputedly.
    * ser difícil de creer = beggar + belief.

    * * *
    creer [ E13 ]
    vi
    A
    1 ( Relig) to believe
    2 (tener fe, confianza) creer EN algo/algn to believe IN sth/sb
    no creo en los fantasmas/el amor I don't believe in ghosts/love
    él fue el único que creyó en nosotros he was the only one who believed in us o who had any faith in us
    3 (+ me/te/le etc) to believe
    ¿y eso te dijo? ¡no te puedo creer! he said that to you? I don't o can't believe it!
    tú me crees, ¿verdad? you believe me, don't you?
    B (pensar, juzgar) to think
    ¿estará en casa ahora? — no creo will she be at home now? — I don't think so
    esto lo terminamos mañana — ¿tú crees? we'll get this finished tomorrow — do you think so?
    ocurrió en 1965, según creo I believe o understand it took place in 1965
    es más difícil de lo que parece, no creas believe you me, it's harder than it looks
    esto ya pasaba antes, no crea usted this used to happen before as well, you know
    ■ creer
    vt
    A (dar por cierto) to believe
    ¡quién lo hubiera creído! who would have believed it?
    hay que verlo para creerlo it has to be seen to be believed
    lo creas o no lo creas or aunque no lo creas believe it or not
    si no lo veo no lo creo if I hadn't seen it with my own eyes I wouldn't have believed it
    ¿que si lo voy a aceptar? ¡ya lo creo! am I going to accept it? of course I am! o ( colloq) you bet!
    no (le) creas nada de lo que dice don't believe a thing o a word he says
    es una historia de no creer it's an unbelievable o incredible story
    ¿tú puedes creer que ni siquiera me saludó? would o can you believe that he didn't even say hello to me?
    ¡no lo puedo creer, nos han puesto otra multa! I don't believe it, we've got another ticket!
    ¿se puede creer que a nadie se le haya ocurrido? can you believe that nobody has thought of it before?
    B (pensar, juzgar) to think
    ¿ya ha terminado la reunión? — creo que sí/creo que no has the meeting finished yet? — I think so/I don't think so
    creo que va a llover I think it's going to rain
    creo que es mi deber ayudarlo I believe it's my duty to help him, I consider it my duty to help him
    quiero creer que se lo agradeciste I hope you thanked them
    no vayas a creer que a mí me resultó fácil don't get the impression that o don't think that it was easy for me
    se cree que el incendio fue provocado the fire is thought to have been started deliberately
    les hizo creer que estaba enfermo he made them think he was ill
    creo que no va a poder resolverlo I don't believe o think she'll be able to sort it out
    no creí necesario avisarte I did not think it necessary to let you know
    no la creo capaz de semejante cosa I do not think she is capable of such a thing
    ¿me crees tan estúpida? do you really think I'm that stupid?
    no creer QUE + SUBJ:
    no creo que pueda resolverlo I doubt if o I don't think I'll be able to solve it
    no creo/no puedo creer que lo haya hecho sin ayuda I don't/can't believe that he did it on his own
    no creo que llueva I don't think it'll rain
    creer + INF:
    creí oír un ruido I thought I heard a noise
    creo recordar que me dijiste que … I seem to remember you telling me that …
    creo haberlo visto antes pero no estoy segura I think I've seen it before but I'm not sure
    A (dar por cierto, figurarse)
    1 ( enf) (con ingenuidad) to believe
    que no se crea que es tan fácil he shouldn't think it's so easy
    se cree todo lo que le dicen she believes everything she's told
    no me creo nada de ti ( Esp); I don't believe a thing o word you say
    2 (con arrogancia) to think
    ¿quién se creerá que es? who does he think he is?
    ¿qué se habrán creído?, ofrecernos esa miseria what do they take us for, offering us such a pathetic amount?
    ¿qué te crees, que soy tu criada? what do you think I am? your maid or something?
    se lo cree mucho or se lo tiene muy creído ( Esp fam); he's very full of himself ( colloq), he really fancies himself ( BrE colloq)
    ¡que te crees tú eso! or ¡que te lo has creído! ( Esp fam); you must be kidding o joking! ( colloq)
    B ( refl)
    1
    (considerarse): no me creo capaz de hacerlo I don't think I'm capable of doing it
    se cree el dueño del pueblo he thinks he owns the whole village
    te crees muy listo ¿verdad? you think you're really clever, don't you?
    2 (CS fam) (estimarse superior) to think one is special ( o great etc)
    C ( Méx) (fiarse) creerse DE algn; to trust sb
    * * *

     

    creer ( conjugate creer) verbo intransitivo
    a) (tener fe, aceptar como verdad) to believe;

    creer en algo/algn to believe in sth/sb;
    ◊ ¿me crees? do you believe me?

    b) (pensar, juzgar) to think;

    ◊ ¿tú crees? do you think so?;

    no creo I don't think so;
    no creas, es bastante difícil believe me, it's quite hard
    verbo transitivo


    aunque no lo creas believe it or not;
    ¡no lo puedo creer! I don't believe it!;
    ¡ya lo creo! of course!
    b) (pensar, juzgar) to think;

    ◊ creo que sí/creo que no I think so/I don't think so;

    creo que va a llover I think it's going to rain;
    no la creo capaz I do not think she is capable;
    se cree que el incendio fue provocado the fire is thought to have been started deliberately;
    no lo creí necesario I didn't think it necessary;
    no creo que pueda ir I doubt if o I don't think I'll be able to go;
    creí oír un ruido I thought I heard a noise;
    creo recordar que … I seem to remember that …
    creerse verbo pronominal




    ¿quién se creerá que es? who does he think he is?
    c) (CS fam) ( estimarse superior) to think one is special (o great etc)

    d) (Méx) ( fiarse) creerse de algn to trust sb

    creer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (suponer) to think: ¿crees que está implicado?, do you think he's involved?
    creo que sí/no, I think so/don't think so
    ya lo creo, of course
    2 (tener fe, confianza) to believe: créeme, believe me
    te creo, I believe you
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 Rel to believe [en, in]
    cree en los marcianos, he believes in Martians
    2 (tener confianza) to trust: mi padre cree en mí, my father trusts me
    ' creer' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acabar
    - adelante
    - entender
    - imaginar
    - imposible
    - machamartillo
    - suponer
    - temerse
    - tragar
    - creyera
    - engañar
    - hallar
    - ir
    - pensar
    English:
    belief
    - believe
    - believe in
    - buy
    - certain
    - conceive
    - credit
    - deceive
    - fancy
    - lead to
    - reason
    - reckon
    - see
    - seeing
    - swallow
    - think
    - trust
    - disbelieve
    - have
    - impression
    - suppose
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [estar convencido de] to believe;
    no te creo I don't believe you;
    no creas nada de lo que te cuenten don't believe a word they say;
    créeme, sólo quería ayudar believe me o honestly, I only wanted to help;
    no puedo creer lo que ven mis ojos I can't believe my eyes;
    no puedo creer lo que estoy oyendo I can't believe my ears o what I'm hearing;
    hay que verlo para creerlo it has to be seen to be believed;
    creer algo a pies juntillas to believe sth blindly;
    ya lo creo: [m5]¡ya lo creo que iré! of course I'll go!, you bet I'll go!;
    Irónico
    ¿nos puedes ayudar a subir el piano? – ¡ya lo creo! could you help us carry the piano upstairs? – oh sure, I'd just love to!
    2. [suponer, pensar] to think;
    creo que ha sido Sara I think it was Sara;
    creo que va a hacer calor I think it's going to be hot;
    creo que te equivocas I think you're mistaken;
    creo que está vivo I think he's alive, I believe him to be alive;
    ¿crees que lo conseguiremos? do you think we'll achieve it?, do you expect us to achieve it?;
    creo que sí I think so;
    creo que no I don't think so;
    no creo que pueda ir contigo I don't think I can go with you;
    ¿vendrás a la fiesta? – no creo are you going to the party? – I don't think so;
    creo no equivocarme I believe I'm right, I don't think I'm wrong;
    creí oír un llanto I thought I heard someone crying;
    creo recordar que no es la primera vez que lo hace I seem to remember it's not the first time she's done it;
    no te vayas a creer que soy siempre así don't think o imagine I'm always like this;
    no la creía tan simpática I didn't think she was so nice;
    ¡quién lo hubiera creído! who would have thought it!;
    se llama Juan, creo he's called Juan, I think;
    están muy afectados, ¿no crees? they seem very upset, don't you think?
    3. [estimar] to think;
    le creo capaz I think he's competent;
    creer a alguien capaz de hacer algo to think sb is capable of doing sth
    ♦ vi
    to believe (en in);
    creer en Dios to believe in God;
    no cree en la monarquía he doesn't believe in monarchy;
    mis hijos no creen en Papá Noel my children don't believe in Father Christmas;
    no cree, es ateo he's not a believer, he's an atheist;
    creo en tu honestidad I believe you're being honest;
    según creo to the best of my knowledge;
    debe ser bastante interesante – no creas,… it must be very interesting – far from it o don't you believe it,…
    * * *
    I v/i believe (en in);
    creer en Dios believe in God
    II v/t think; ( dar por cierto) believe;
    hacer creer algo a alguien make s.o. think o believe sth;
    no creo que esté aquí I don’t think he’s here;
    eso no te lo crees ni tú fam you must be nuts! fam ;
    ¡quién iba a creerlo! who would have believed it!;
    ¡ya lo creo! fam you bet! fam
    * * *
    creer {20} v
    1) : to believe
    2) : to suppose, to think
    creo que sí: I think so
    * * *
    creer vb
    1. (en general) to believe
    ¿crees en Dios? do you believe in God?
    2. (pensar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]

    Spanish-English dictionary > creer

  • 9 savoir

    savoir [savwaʀ]
    ➭ TABLE 32
    1. transitive verb
       a. to know
    • je ne savais quoi or que dire/faire I didn't know what to say/do
    • oui, je (le) sais yes, I know
    • je crois savoir que... I believe that...
    • il ment -- qu'en savez-vous ? he is lying -- how do you know?
    • il nous a fait savoir que... he let us know that...
    • Monsieur (or Madame or Mademoiselle) je-sais-tout (inf) know-all
    • tu en sais, des choses (inf) you certainly know a thing or two, don't you!
    • qui sait ? who knows?
    • tu veux celui-ci ou celui-là, faudrait savoir ! (inf) do you want this one or that one, make up your mind, will you?
    • je sais bien, mais... I know, but...
    • vous n'êtes pas sans savoir que... (formal) you are not unaware that... (frm)
       b. (avec infinitif) ( = être capable de) to know how to
    • sans le savoir ( = sans s'en rendre compte) without knowing ; ( = sans le faire exprès) unwittingly
    2. masculine noun
    * * *

    I
    1. savwaʀ
    1) ( connaître) to know [vérité, réponse]

    elle en sait plus/moins que moi — she knows more/less about it than I do

    va or allez savoir!, qui sait! — who knows!

    est-ce que je sais, moi! — how should I know!

    ne savoir que faire pour... — to be at a loss as to how to...

    sache qu'il t'a menti — I'm telling you, he was lying

    la personne que vous savez, qui vous savez — you-know-who

    tu viens ou pas, il faudrait savoir! — are you coming or not? make your mind up!

    si tu savais or tu ne peux pas savoir comme je suis content! — you can't imagine how happy I am!

    savoir faire — to be able to do, to know how to do

    je sais conduire/nager/taper à la machine — I can drive/swim/type


    2.
    se savoir verbe pronominal

    3.
    à savoir locution adverbiale that is to say
    ••

    II savwaʀ
    nom masculin
    1) ( érudition) learning
    2) ( science) knowledge
    3) ( culture) body of knowledge
    * * *
    savwaʀ
    1. vt

    Je ne sais pas où il est allé. — I don't know where he's gone.

    Nous ne savons pas s'il est bien arrivé. — We don't know if he's arrived safely.

    Il ne sait pas ce qu'il va faire ce week-end. — He doesn't know what he's going to do this weekend.

    je crois savoir que... — I believe that...

    faire savoir qch à qn — to inform sb about sth, to let sb know sth

    sans le savoir — unknowingly, unwittingly

    2) (= être capable de)
    3) (= imaginer)

    il est petit: tu ne peux pas savoir! — you won't believe how small he is!

    à savoir (= c'est-à-dire) — namely

    2. nm
    * * *
    savoir verb table: savoir
    A nm
    1 ( érudition) learning ¢; le savoir désintéressé learning for its own sake; un grand savoir great learning;
    2 ( science) knowledge ¢; le savoir médical medical knowledge; le savoir et l'expérience knowledge and experience; les savoirs et les savoir-faire knowledge and know-how;
    3 ( culture) body ¢ of knowledge; transmettre un savoir to pass on a body of knowledge.
    B vtr
    1 ( connaître) to know [vérité, réponse]; savoir son texte to know one's lines; savoir qch par cœur to know sth by heart; savoir que to know (that); je sais qu'elle est pauvre I know she's poor; vous n'êtes pas sans savoir que you are no doubt aware that; elle sait bien que she knows very well (that); je la savais triste I knew she was miserable; savoir quand/pourquoi to know when/why; savoir qui/ce que to know who/what; savoir combien il est difficile de faire to know how difficult it is to do; on ne sait où elle est nobody knows where she is; tu sais ce que tu veux, ou non? do you know what you want or don't you?; ne l'écoute pas, elle ne sait plus ce qu'elle dit take no notice, she doesn't know what she's saying; savoir qch sur qn to know sth about sb; ne rien savoir de qch to know nothing about sth; il ne sait rien de or sur moi he doesn't know anything about me, he knows nothing about me; elle en sait plus/moins que moi she knows more/less about it than I do; il n'en saura rien he'll never know (about it); je n'en sais rien I don't know; la douleur, elle en sait quelque chose she knows what pain is; c'est vrai, tu sais that's true, you know; va or allez savoir!, qui sait! who knows!; on ne sait jamais you never know; si seulement j'avais su if only I'd known; je (le) sais bien I know; est-ce que je sais, moi! how should I know!; il est parti pour la raison que tu sais you know very well why he left; elle n'a rien voulu savoir she just didn't want to know; fais-moi savoir si let me know if; parler sans savoir to talk about things one knows nothing about; sans le savoir without knowing (it); c'est faux, (pour autant) que je sache as far as I know, it's not true; pas que je sache not as far as I know; elle a fait savoir que she let it be known that; elle nous a fait savoir que she informed us that; je ne veux pas le savoir I don't want to know; comment l'as-tu su? how did you find out?; je l'ai su par elle she told me about it; savoir le chinois to know Chinese; bien savoir le japonais to have a good knowledge of Japanese; quelque chose qu'il sait être douloureux something he knows is painful ou to be painful; on la savait riche she was known to be rich; reste à savoir si it remains to be seen if ou whether; ne savoir que faire pour… to be at a loss as to how to…; on croit savoir qu'elle est à Paris she is understood ou thought to be in Paris; on ne leur savait pas d'ennemis they had no known enemies; sachant que given that; sache qu'il t'a menti/que j'avais raison I'm telling you, he was lying/I was right; sachez que fumer est interdit dans le bureau you should know that smoking is forbidden in the office; il a menti, et que sais-je encore! he told lies, and goodness knows GB ou who knows what else!; la personne que vous savez, qui vous savez you-know-who; je ne sais quel journaliste some journalist or other; je ne sais qui somebody or other; tu viens ou pas, il faudrait savoir! are you coming or not? make your mind up!; on va avoir une augmentation ou pas, il faudrait savoir! are we getting more money or not? let's get it straight!; elle a je ne sais combien de tableaux she's got who knows how many pictures; si tu savais or tu ne peux pas savoir comme je suis content! you can't imagine how happy I am!; tu en sais des choses! you really know a thing or two!; ⇒ vieillesse;
    2 ( être capable de) savoir faire to be able to do, to know how to do; savoir comment faire to know how to do; je sais conduire/nager/taper à la machine I can drive/swim/type; je sais parler espagnol I can speak Spanish; il ne sait pas dire non he can't say no; savoir pardonner to be able to forgive; savoir écouter to be a good listener; elle sait bien/mal expliquer she's good/bad at explaining things; il a su nous parler he was able to talk to us; il a su la comprendre he understood her; on ne saurait tout prévoir one cannot foresee everything; je ne saurais vous dire pourquoi I really can't say why; on ne saurait mieux dire I couldn't have put it better myself; elle sait y faire avec les enfants she's good with children; elle sait y faire avec les hommes she knows how to handle men; il pleurait tout ce qu'il savait he cried and cried;
    3 Belg ( pouvoir) je ne sais pas soulever la valise I can't lift the suitcase; on ne sait pas savoir ce qui va se passer it's impossible to know what will happen.
    C se savoir vpr
    1 ( être connu) ça se saurait people would know about that; à la campagne, tout se sait in the country, people get to know all that goes on; tout se sait ici people get to know everything in this place; cela a fini par se savoir word got around, it got out in the end; ça s'est su tout de suite word immediately got around;
    2 ( être conscient d'être) se savoir aimé to know one is loved; se savoir perdu to know one is done for.
    D v impers ( pouvoir) il ne saurait en être question it's completely out of the question; il ne saurait y avoir de démocratie sans égalité there can be no democracy without equality.
    E à savoir loc adv that is to say; dans deux jours, à savoir lundi in two days, that is to say on Monday.
    ne pas savoir où donner de la tête not to know whether one is coming or going; et Dieu or Diable sait quoi! and God knows what else!
    I
    [savwar] nom masculin
    II
    [savwar] verbe transitif
    1. [connaître - donnée, réponse, situation] to know
    on le savait malade we knew ou we were aware (that) he was ill
    je ne te savais pas si susceptible I didn't know ou I didn't realize ou I never thought you were so touchy
    2. [être informé de]
    que va-t-il arriver à Tintin? pour le savoir, lisez notre prochain numéro! what's in store for Tintin? find out in our next issue!
    je sais des choses... (familier) [sur un ton taquin] I know a thing or two, I know what I know!
    pour en savoir plus, composez le 34 15 for more information ou (if you want) to know more, phone 34 15
    après tout, tu n'en sais rien! after all, what do YOU know about it!
    il est venu ici, mais personne n'en a rien su he came here, but nobody found out about it
    en savoir long sur quelqu'un/quelque chose to know a great deal about somebody/something
    oh oui ça fait mal, j'en sais quelque chose! yes, it's very painful, I can tell you!
    je crois savoir qu'ils ont annulé la conférence I have reason ou I'm led to believe that they called off the conference
    tout le monde sait que... it's a well-known fact ou everybody knows that...
    je ne sais combien, on ne sait combien [d'argent] who knows how much
    je ne sais comment, on ne sait comment God knows how
    je ne sais où, on ne sait où God knows where
    je ne sais quel/quelle some... or other
    je ne sais qui, on ne sait qui somebody or other
    il vendait des tapis, des bracelets et que sais-je encore he was selling carpets, bracelets and goodness/God knows what else
    sachant que x = y, démontrez que... MATHÉMATIQUES if x = y, show that...
    oui, oui, je sais! yes, yes, I'm aware of that ou I know ou I realize!
    où est-elle? — est-ce que je sais, moi? (familier) where is she? — search me ou don't ask me ou how should I know?
    si j'avais su, je ne t'aurais rien dit if I'd known, I wouldn't have said a word (to you)
    je ne sache pas qu'on ait modifié le calendrier (soutenu & humoristique) , on n'a pas modifié le calendrier, que je sache the calendar hasn't been altered that I know of ou as far as I know
    3. [être convaincu de] to know, to be certain ou sure
    je n'en sais trop rien I'm not too sure, I don't really know
    on ne sait jamais, sait-on jamais you never know
    4. [apprendre]
    faire savoir quelque chose à quelqu'un to inform somebody ou to let somebody know of something
    si elle arrive, faites-le moi savoir if she comes, let me know
    5. [se rappeler] to know, to remember
    savoir faire quelque chose to know how to ou to be able to do something
    tu sais plonger/conduire? can you dive/drive?
    il ne sait pas/sait bien faire la cuisine he's a bad/good cook
    si je sais bien compter/lire if I count/read right
    il sait parler/vendre he's a good talker/salesman
    quand on lui a demandé qui était président à l'époque, il n'a pas su répondre when asked who was President at the time, he didn't know (what the answer was)
    il a su rester jeune/modeste he's managed to remain young/modest
    savoir s'y prendre: savoir s'y prendre avec les enfants to know how to handle children, to be good with children
    savoir y faire: laisse-moi découper le poulet, tu ne sais pas y faire let me carve the chicken, you don't know how to do it
    on ne saurait être plus aimable/déplaisant you couldn't be nicer/more unpleasant
    7. [être conscient de] to know, to be aware of
    sachez-le bien make no ou let there be no mistake about this
    il faut savoir que le parti n'a pas toujours suivi Staline you've got to remember that the Party didn't always toe the Stalinist line
    sache qu'en fait, c'était son idée you should know that in fact, it was his idea
    a. [à cause d'un choc, de la vieillesse] she's become confused
    b. [sous l'effet de la colère] she's beside herself (with anger)
    tu ne sais pas ce que tu veux/dis you don't know what you want/what you're talking about
    8. [imaginer]
    ne (plus) savoir que ou quoi faire to be at a loss as to what to do, not to know what to do
    il ne sait plus quoi faire pour se rendre intéressant he'd stop at nothing ou there's nothing he wouldn't do to attract attention to himself
    ses résultats ne sont pas brillants, savez-vous? [n'est-ce pas] his results aren't very good, are they ou am I right?
    10. [pour prendre l'interlocuteur à témoin]
    ce n'est pas toujours facile, tu sais! it's not always easy, you know!
    tu sais, je ne crois pas à ses promesses to tell you the truth, I don't believe in her promises
    tu sais que tu commences à m'énerver? (familier) you're getting on my nerves, you know that ou d'you know that?
    ————————
    [savwar] adverbe
    ————————
    se savoir verbe pronominal (emploi passif)
    [nouvelle] to become known
    cela ou ça (familier) se saurait : ça se saurait s'il était si doué que ça (familier) if he was that good, you'd know about it
    ————————
    se savoir verbe pronominal intransitif
    [personne]
    ————————
    à savoir locution adverbiale
    son principal prédateur, à savoir le renard its most important predator, namely the fox
    ————————
    à savoir que locution conjonctive
    meaning ou to the effect that (soutenu)
    il nous a donné sa réponse, à savoir qu'il accepte he's given us his answer, that is, he accepts ou to the effect that he accepts
    ————————
    savoir si locution conjonctive

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > savoir

  • 10 Magnus

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Magnus

  • 11 magnus

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > magnus

  • 12 majores

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > majores

  • 13 maxume

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > maxume

  • 14 maxumus

    1.
    magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:

    magnai reipublicai gratia,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
    I.
    Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.

    the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,

    a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:

    magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:

    magnus fluens Nilus,

    Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:

    magna et pulcra domus,

    spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    montes,

    Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):

    templa caelitum,

    vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):

    aquae,

    great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    oppidum maximum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:

    maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:

    magna pecunia mutua,

    id. Att. 11, 3, 3:

    copia pabuli,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16:

    multitudo peditatus,

    id. ib. 4, 34:

    divitiae,

    Nep. Dion. 1, 2:

    populus,

    Verg. A. 1, 148.—
    2.
    Rarely of time, for longus, multus:

    interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,

    Verg. A. 3, 284:

    magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,

    Macr. S. 2, 11:

    magno post tempore,

    Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
    3.
    Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:

    magna voce confiteri,

    Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:

    tribunorum,

    Liv. 9, 46, 7.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):

    vir magnus in primis,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,

    id. ib. 2, 66, 167:

    magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,

    Nep. Them. 6, 1:

    Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    amicus,

    great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):

    virtus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 15:

    infamia,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 1:

    eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,

    id. ib.:

    multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46:

    causa,

    great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:

    opus et arduum,

    id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:

    quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,

    something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:

    magna loqui,

    to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:

    magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,

    it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,

    what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:

    quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:

    jam magno natu,

    Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:

    homo magnus natu,

    id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:

    qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,

    older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:

    audivi ex majoribus natu,

    id. Off. 1, 30, 109:

    hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,

    Verg. A. 5, 644:

    annos natus major quadraginta,

    more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    civis major annis viginti,

    Suet. Caes. 42:

    cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,

    Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:

    ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,

    Liv. 6, 34:

    Gelo maximus stirpis,

    id. 23, 30:

    ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,

    App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.

    in gen.: Cyrus major,

    Lact. 4, 5, 7:

    quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,

    Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:

    si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,

    Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:

    Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:

    ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:

    L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:

    patres majoresque nostri,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:

    more majorum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 1:

    spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,

    id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:

    majores natu,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:

    maxima virgo,

    the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:

    de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,

    Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
    2.
    In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:

    magni esse,

    to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:

    magni aestimare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:

    magni existimans interesse ad decus,

    to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:

    emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,

    id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    magno vendere,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:

    conducere aliquid nimium magno,

    too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:

    magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,

    cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:

    ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,

    Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:

    multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,

    dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:

    senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:

    extollere aliquid in majus,

    more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:

    celebrare,

    id. ib. 13, 8:

    nuntiare,

    id. H. 3, 38:

    credere,

    to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:

    accipere,

    to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
    3.
    Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):

    magnum clamat,

    greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:

    inclamare,

    Gell. 5, 9 fin.:

    exclamat derepente maximum,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
    A.
    Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
    B.
    In gen.
    1.
    With no qualifying words.
    a.
    With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:

    saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:

    magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:

    nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,

    id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:

    quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,

    Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:

    tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:

    quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    id. Cael. 6, 14.—
    (β).
    With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):

    umbra es amantum magis quam amator,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:

    aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,

    id. Mur. 8, 17:

    magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:

    ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 6:

    se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,

    id. ib. 2, 32, 1:

    timori magis quam religioni consulere,

    id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:

    jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),

    Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:

    in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,

    Quint. 9, 1, 23:

    Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,

    Liv. 10, 4, 10:

    pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,

    Sen. Suas. 6, 17:

    non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,

    Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:

    nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,

    Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):

    quid philosophia magis colendum?

    Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:

    quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?

    Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,

    Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):

    Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:

    quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:

    quam mage amo quam matrem meam,

    id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:

    quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:

    jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:

    nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,

    Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:

    neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 54:

    ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:

    corpora magna magis quam firma,

    Liv. 5, 44, 4:

    vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,

    Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:

    neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,

    id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:

    ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,

    Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):

    ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
    b.
    Without the addition of the second term.
    (α).
    With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):

    sapiunt magis,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:

    magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10, 3:

    magis metuant,

    id. Mil. 5, 44:

    tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:

    cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:

    magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
    (β).
    With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):

    magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,

    better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
    (γ).
    With pronn.:

    ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
    (δ).
    With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:

    ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    magis anxius,

    Ov. M. 1, 182:

    hic magis tranquillu'st,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:

    nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:

    nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 21:

    quod est magis verisimile,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:

    magis admirabilis oratio,

    Quint. 8, 3, 24:

    magis communia verba,

    id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;

    nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:

    magis aperte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:

    magis impense,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:

    magis est dulcius,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:

    magis majores nugae,

    id. Men. prol. 55:

    magis modum in majorem,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 145:

    contentiores mage erunt,

    id. Poen. 2, 15.—
    2.
    Strengthened.
    a.
    By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:

    qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:

    illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,

    id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:

    tanto magis Dic, quis est?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:

    ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,

    id. Most. 3, 2, 146:

    vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,

    Lucr. 6, 460:

    quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25:

    sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:

    atque eo magis, si, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    eoque magis quod, etc.,

    id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;

    5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20:

    quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 787:

    quanto mage... tam magis,

    Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:

    quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 3, 309:

    cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
    b.
    By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:

    cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:

    de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:

    magis deinde ac magis,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    post hoc magis ac magis,

    id. Gram. 3;

    for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,

    id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:

    magis atque magis,

    Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:

    post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,

    id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
    3.
    Pleon.
    a.
    With potius (anteclass.):

    magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:

    mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
    b.
    With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;

    his vero auditis multo magis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,

    Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
    C.
    In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
    1.
    To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:

    domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,

    i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:

    non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,

    Liv. 22, 27, 2:

    conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:

    si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:

    non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,

    Sen. Ep. 87, 25;

    Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,

    Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:

    nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,

    just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
    2.
    For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:

    deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:

    miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,

    Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
    3.
    Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:

    sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:

    minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,

    Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:

    quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:

    quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,

    id. Suas. 1, 5:

    aut minus, aut magis,

    id. Ep. 82, 14.—
    4.
    With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:

    alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:

    sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,

    id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:

    alii aliis magis recusare,

    Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Alone.
    a.
    With a verb:

    haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:

    nos coluit maxime,

    id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:

    quem convenire maxime cupiebam,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:

    de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:

    extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,

    id. Quint. 10, 35:

    in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,

    most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,

    came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.

    pugnare,

    most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:

    jubere,

    most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:

    id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:

    ab eo exordiri volui maxime,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    cernere naturae vim maxime,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
    b.
    With an adj.:

    res maxime necessaria,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    loca maxime frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    loci ad hoc maxime idonei,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    maxime naturali carent amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 80:

    maxime feri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,

    Quint. 1, 11, 13:

    elegans maxime auctor,

    id. 10, 1, 93:

    maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 37:

    noto enim maxime utar exemplo,

    id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:

    quae maxime liberalissima,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:

    maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),

    Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
    c.
    With numerals, at most:

    puer ad annos maxime natus octo,

    Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
    d.
    With an adv.:

    ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
    2.
    Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):

    qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,

    Curt. 5, 2, 5:

    cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 1:

    quae maxime omnium belli avida,

    Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:

    atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:

    imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:

    hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,

    id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,

    id. Part. Or. 33, 114:

    quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,

    as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:

    ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:

    ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:

    quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,

    Sall. C. 1, 3:

    ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,

    Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
    3.
    With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:

    tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,

    as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:

    grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,

    Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
    4.
    With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):

    hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.

    , in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 47:

    ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,

    id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
    5.
    In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:

    hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:

    si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:

    in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:

    maxime... dein,

    Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:

    sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,

    Col. 5, 6, 4:

    maxime... deinde... postea... minume,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:

    maxime... postea... ultimae,

    Col. 6, 3, 6:

    post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,

    Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:

    quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:

    scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:

    maxime quod de judicatu meo,

    id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:

    cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,

    id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:

    scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:

    plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:

    tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:

    longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,

    id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:

    cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 9:

    ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,

    Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:

    haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;

    2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:

    tum cum maxime,

    at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,

    tunc cum maxime,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    nunc cum maxime,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
    2.
    In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:

    scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,

    Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
    2.
    Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > maxumus

  • 15 κατά

    κατά (Hom.+) prep. (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά beg., also LfgrE s.v. κατά 1346; with the gen. 74 times in NT; w. acc. 391 times in NT).
    A. w. the gen.
    ⓐ of location that is relatively lower, down from someth. (Hom. et al.; LXX; Ath. 1, 4 κ. κόρρης προπηλακίζειν=to smack on one side of the head) ὁρμᾶν κ. τοῦ κρημνοῦ rush down (from) the bank (cp. Polyb. 38, 16, 7 κ. τῶν κρημνῶν ῥίπτειν; Jos., Bell. 1, 313) Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; Lk 8:33. κ. κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have someth. on one’s head (lit. hanging down fr. the head, as a veil. Cp. Plut., Mor. 200f ἐβάδιζε κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχων τὸ ἱμάτιον.; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 499, 5 of a mummy ἔχων τάβλαν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου) 1 Cor 11:4.
    ⓑ of position relatively deep, into someth. (Od. 9, 330 κ. σπείους ‘into the depths of the cave’; Hdt. 7, 235; X., An. 7, 1, 30) ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία extreme (lit. ‘reaching down into the depths’; cp. Strabo 9, 3, 5 [419] ἄντρον κοῖλον κ. βάθους) or abysmal poverty 2 Cor 8:2. This may perh. be the mng. of πλήσσειν τινὰ κ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν strike someone deep into the eyes ApcPt 11:26 (cp. Demosth. 19, 197 ξαίνει κ. τοῦ νώτου; PPetr II, 18 [2b], 15 [246 B.C.] ἔτυπτεν αὐτὸν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου).—κ. γαστρός Just., D. 78, 3 for ἐν γαστρί Mt 1:18 (cp. Ath. 35, 2 τὸ κ. γαστρὸς ζῶον εἶναι).
    ⓒ extension in various directions within an area, throughout (so in Luke’s writings; Polyb. 3, 19, 7 κ. τῆς νήσου διεσπάρησαν; PGiss 48, 8 κ. κυριακῆς γῆς; Jos., Ant. 8, 297; SibOr 3, 222; 4, 24; 5, 305) γνωστὸν γενέσθαι καθʼ ὅλης Ἰόππης become known throughout all Joppa Ac 9:42. καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 9:31; 10:37; Lk 23:5. φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθʼ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 4:14.
    ② down upon, toward, against someone or someth, fig. ext. of 1.
    ⓐ w. verbs of swearing, to denote what one swears by (Thu. 5, 47, 8; Lysias 32, 13; Isaeus 7, 28; Demosth. 21, 119; 29, 26; SIG 526, 4ff; 685, 25; UPZ 110, 39 [164 B.C.]; BGU 248, 13; Jdth 1:12; Is 45:23; 2 Ch 36:13) by ἐξορκίζειν (q.v.) Mt 26:63. ὀμνύναι (q.v.) Hb 6:13, 16. ὁρκίζειν (q.v.) Hs 9, 10, 5. Sim. ἐρωτᾶν κ. τινος request, entreat by someone Hv 3, 2, 3.
    ⓑ in a hostile sense, against
    α. after verbs that express hostile action, etc. διχάζειν Mt 10:35. ἐπαίρεσθαι 2 Cor 10:5. ἰσχύειν Ac 19:16. κακοῦν 14:2. στρατεύεσθαι 1 Pt 2:11. φυσιοῦσθαι 1 Cor 4:6
    β. after words and expressions that designate hostile speech, esp. an accusation ἔχειν (τι) κ. τινος have or hold someth. against someone Rv 2:4, 14, 20. φέρειν J 18:29. ἐγκαλεῖν Ro 8:33. ἐντυγχάνειν τινὶ κ. τινος 11:2 (TestJob 17:5). κατηγορεῖν Lk 23:14. ποιεῖν κρίσιν Jd 15a. τὸ κ. ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον the bond that stands against us Col 2:14. ἐμφανίζειν Ac 24:1; 25:2. αἰτεῖσθαί τι 25:3, 15. αἱ κ. τινος αἰτίαι vs. 27. εἰπεῖν πονηρόν Mt 5:11 (cp. Soph., Phil. 65 κακὰ λέγειν κ. τινος. X., Hell. 1, 5, 2; Isocr., C. Nic. 13; Plut., Mor. 2a λέγειν κ.; SIG 1180, 1 λέγειν κ. τινος; Just., A I, 23, 3; 49, 6 κ. τῶν … ὁμολογούντων). λαλεῖν ῥήματα Ac 6:13; cp. Jd 15b (TestDan 4:3; JosAs 23:15). μαρτυρεῖν κ. τ. θεοῦ give testimony in contradiction to God 1 Cor 15:15. ζητεῖν μαρτυρίαν κ. τινος testimony against someone Mk 14:55. ψευδομαρτυρεῖν 14:56f. ψευδομαρτυρία Mt 26:59. γογγύζειν 20:11. στενάζειν Js 5:9. διδάσκειν Ac 21:28. συμβούλιον διδόναι (ποιεῖν v.l.) Mk 3:6; ς. λαβεῖν Mt 27:1. ψεύδεσθαι Js 3:14 (Lysias 22, 7; X., Ap. 13; Ath. 35, 1 καθʼ ἡμῶν … κατεψεύσατο).
    γ. after expressions that designate such a position or state of mind in a different way εἶναι κ. τινος be against someone (opp. ὑπέρ) Mk 9:40 (WNestle, ZNW 13, 1912, 84–87; AFridrichsen, ibid., 273–80); Ro 8:31; (opp. μετά) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23. δύνασθαί τι κ. τινος be able to do someth. against someone 2 Cor 13:8. ἔχειν τι κ. τινος have someth. against someone (in one’s heart) Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; Hs 9, 24, 2; cp. ibid. 23, 2, where the acc. is to be supplied. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. ἐπιθυμεῖν Gal 5:17. μερίζεσθαι καθʼ ἑαυτῆς Mt 12:25. Cp. 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18).—κατά prob. means against also in ἔβαλεν κατʼ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος Ac 27:14. ἐτελείωσαν κ. τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα they completed the full measure of sins against their own head GPt 5:17.
    B. w. acc. (so in the NT 399 times [besides καθʼ εἷς and κατὰ εἷς])
    ⓐ of extension in space, along, over, through, in, upon (Hom. et al.; OGI 90, 7 ἐκ τῶν κ. τ. χώραν ἱερῶν; PHib 82, 19; PTebt 5, 188; LXX; Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 5) Ac 24:12. καθʼ ὅλην τ. πόλιν throughout the city Lk 8:39 (cp. Diod S 4, 10, 6 καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Ἐλλάδα). ἐγένετο λιμὸς κ. τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 15:14. κ. τὰς κώμας 9:6. κ. πόλεις καὶ κώμας 13:22 (Appian., Maced. 9 §1 and 4 κ. πόλεις; Just., A I, 67, 3 κ. πόλεις ἢ ἀγρούς).—κ. τόπους in place after place Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11 (Theophr., περὶ σημ. 1, 4 p. 389 W.; Cat. Cod. Astr. III 28, 11 ἐν μέρει τ. ἀνατολῆς κ. τόπους, VIII/3, 186, 1 λιμὸς καὶ λοιμὸς καὶ σφαγαὶ κ. τόπους). οἱ ὄντες κ. τὴν Ἰουδαίαν those throughout Judea or living in Judea Ac 11:1. διασπαρῆναι κ. τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας be scattered over the regions of Judea 8:1. κ. τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν in the congregation there 13:1. τοῖς κ. τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς 15:23. τοὺς κ. τὰ ἔθνη Ἰουδαίους the Judeans (dispersed) throughout the nations 21:21. τοῖς κ. τὸν νόμον γεγραμμένοις throughout the law = in the law 24:14b. κ. τὴν ὁδόν along or on the way (Lucian, Catapl. 4; Jos., Ant. 8, 404) Lk 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. τὸ κ. Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν πέλαγος the sea along the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia 27:5; but the geographical designation τὰ μέρη τ. Λιβύης τῆς κ. Κυρήνην 2:10 prob. belongs to b: the parts of Libya toward Cyrene.
    ⓑ of extension toward, toward, to, up to ἐλθεῖν (γίνεσθαι v.l.) κ. τὸν τόπον come up to the place (Jos., Vi. 283) Lk 10:32. ἐλθόντες κ. τὴν Μυσίαν to Mysia Ac 16:7; cp. 27:7. πορεύεσθαι κ. μεσημβρίαν (s. μεσημβρία 2) toward the south 8:26 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 505). κ. σκοπὸν διώκειν run (over the course) toward the goal Phil 3:14. λιμὴν βλέπων κ. λίβα καὶ κ. χῶρον a harbor open to the southwest and northwest Ac 27:12 (s. βλέπω 8).—κ. πρόσωπον to the face (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 205) Gal 2:11. ἔχειν τινὰ κ. πρόσωπον meet someone face to face (Thieme 19 has reff. for the use of κατὰ πρόσωπον as a legal formula) Ac 25:16. κ. πρόσωπον ταπεινός humble when personally present 2 Cor 10:1. κ. πρόσωπόν τινος in the presence of someone Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13. τὰ κ. πρόσωπον what lies before one’s eyes, i.e. is obvious 2 Cor 10:7. κ. ὀφθαλμοὺς προγράφειν portray before one’s eyes Gal 3:1.
    ⓒ of isolation or separateness, by (Thu. 1, 138, 6 οἱ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς Ἕλληνες ‘the Greeks by themselves’; Polyb. 1, 24, 4; 5, 78, 3; 11, 17, 6; Diod S 13, 72, 8; Gen 30:40; 43:32; 2 Macc 13:13; Philo, Migr. Abr. 87; 90; Just., D. 4, 5 αὐτὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν γενομένη; Tat. 13, 1 ἡ ψυχὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν; Ath. 15, 2 ὁ πηλὸς καθʼ ἑαυτόν) ἔχειν τι καθʼ ἑαυτόν keep someth. to oneself Ro 14:22 (cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 255; Heliod. 7, 16, 1). καθʼ ἑαυτὸν μένειν live by oneself of the private dwelling of Paul in Rome Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρὰ καθʼ ἑαυτήν faith by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 3, 43 τὸ σῶμα καθʼ αὑτὸ νεκρόν ἐστιν). ἡ κατʼ οἶκον ἐκκλησία the congregation in the house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19. κατʼ ἰδίαν s. ἴδιος 5. κ. μόνας (Thu. 1, 32, 5; Menand., Epitr. 988 S. [658 Kö.], Fgm. 146 Kö. [158 Kock]; Polyb. 4, 15, 11; Diod S 4, 51, 16; BGU 813, 15 [s. APF 2, 1903, 97]; LXX) alone, by oneself Mk 4:10; Lk 9:18; Hm 11:8 (here, as well as BGU loc. cit. and LXX, written as one word καταμόνας).
    ⓓ of places viewed serially, distributive use w. acc., x by x (Arrian., Anab. 4, 21, 10 κ. σκηνήν=tent by tent) or from x to x: κατʼ οἶκον from house to house (PLond III, 904, 20 p. 125 [104 A.D.] ἡ κατʼ οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή) Ac 2:46b; 5:42 (both in ref. to various house assemblies or congregations; w. less probability NRSV ‘at home’); cp. 20:20. Likew. the pl. κ. τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος 8:3. κ. τὰς συναγωγάς 22:19. κ. πόλιν (Jos., Ant. 6, 73) from city to city IRo 9:3, but in every (single) city Ac 15:21; 20:23; Tit 1:5. Also κ. πόλιν πᾶσαν (cp. Herodian 1, 14, 9) Ac 15:36; κ. πᾶσαν πόλιν 20:23 D. κ. πόλιν καὶ κώμην Lk 8:1; cp. vs. 4.
    ② marker of temporal aspect (Hdt. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, apolog.)
    ⓐ in definite indications of time: at, on, during (Hdt. 8, 17; Polemon Soph. B 43 Reader κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ‘in the course of that day’) κατʼ ἀρχάς in the beginning (cp. ἀρχή 1b) Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26). κ. τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ in the day of trial 3:8 (Ps 94:8.—Cp. Antig. Car. 173 κ. τὸν σπόρου καιρόν). νεκροῦ … ἀνάστασιν κατʼ αὐτὸν γεγονυῖαν ἱστορεῖ (Papias) reports that a resurrection from the dead occurred in his time Papias (2, 9; so, with personal names, Hdt.; Just., D. 23, 1 τοῦ θεοῦ … τοῦ κ. τὸν Ἐνώχ; Tat. 31, 2 Θεαγένης … κ. Καμβύσην γεγονώς). Of the future: κ. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον at that time, then Ro 9:9 (Gen 18:10). Of the past: κ. ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time, then (2 Macc 3:5; TestJos 12:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 266; cp. κατʼ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ Konon: 26 Fgm. 3 p. 191, 25 Jac.; Just., A I, 17, 2; 26, 3 al.) Ac 12:1; 19:23. κ. καιρόν at that time, then Ro 5:6 (Just., D. 132, 1; cp. OGI 90, 28 καθʼ ὸ̔ν καιρόν), unless καιρός here means the right time (s. καιρός 1b end). κατʼ ὄναρ (as καθʼ ὕπνον Gen 20:6; Just., D 60, 5 κ. τοὺς ὕπνους) during a dream, in a dream Mt 1:20; 2:12 (s. s.v. ὄναρ for ins).
    ⓑ with indefinite indications of time: toward, about κ. τὸ μεσονύκτιον about midnight Ac 16:25; cp. 27:27.—8:26 (s. μεσημβρία 1).
    ⓒ distributively (cp. 1d): x period by x period: κατʼ ἔτος every year (s. ἔτος) Lk 2:41. Also κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν (s. ἐνιαυτός 1) Hb 9:25; 10:1, 3. καθʼ ἡμέραν daily, every day (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49; Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l. ἡ ἐπίστασις ἡ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἐπίστασις) 2 Cor 11:28. κ. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν every day (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:7. Also καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Hb 3:13. κ. μίαν σαββάτου on the first day of every week 1 Cor 16:2. κ. πᾶν σάββατον every Sabbath Ac 13:27; 15:21b; 18:4. κ. μῆνα ἕκαστον each month Rv 22:2 (κ. μῆνα as SIG 153, 65; POxy 275, 18; 2 Macc 6:7). κ. ἑορτήν at each festival Mt 27:15; Mk 15:6.
    ③ marker of division of a greater whole into individual parts, at a time, in detail, distributive use apart from indications of place (s. above 1d) and time (s. 2c)
    ⓐ w. numerals: κ. δύο ἢ τὸ πλεῖστον τρεῖς two or, at the most, three at a time (i.e. in any one meeting, cp. ἀνὰ μέρος) 1 Cor 14:27 (Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 42 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς; Jos., Ant. 3, 142 κ. ἕξ; 5, 172 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς). καθʼ ἕνα (on this and the foll. s. εἷς 5e) singly, one after the other vs. 31. κ. ἕνα λίθον each individual stone Hs 9, 3, 5; καθʼ ἕνα λίθον 9, 6, 3. κ. ἓν ἕκαστον one by one, in detail Ac 21:19; 1 Cl 32:1 (Ath. 28, 4 καθʼ ἕκαστον). εἷς καθʼ εἷς Mk 14:19; J 8:9; cp. Ro 12:5 (B-D-F §305; Rob. 460). κ. ἑκατὸν καὶ κ. πεντήκοντα in hundreds and in fifties Mk 6:40.
    ⓑ περί τινος λέγειν κ. μέρος speak of someth. in detail Hb 9:5 (s. μέρος 1c). κατʼ ὄνομα (each one) by name (ἀσπάζομαι … τοὺς ἐνοίκους πάντες κα[τʼ] ὄνομα PTebt [III A.D.] 422, 11–16; Jos., Vi. 86) J 10:3; 3J 15 (cp. BGU 27, 18); ISm 13:2.
    ④ marker of intention or goal, for the purpose of, for, to (Thu. 6, 31, 1 κ. θέαν ἥκειν=to look at something; cp. Sb 7263, 6 [254 B.C.]; X., An. 3, 5, 2 καθʼ ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι; Arrian, Anab. 1, 17, 12; 4, 5, 1; 21, 9; 6, 17, 6; 26, 2; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 29; Anton. Lib., Fab. 24, 1 Δημήτηρ ἐπῄει γῆν ἅπασαν κ. ζήτησιν τῆς θυγατρός; 38; Jdth 11:19) κ. τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων for the Jewish ceremonial purification J 2:6. κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω to my shame 2 Cor 11:21 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 268 κ. τιμὴν τ. θεοῦ τοῦτο ποιῶν). ἀπόστολος … κ. πίστιν … καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν an apostle … for the faith … and the knowledge Tit 1:1 (but the mng. ‘in accordance with’ is also prob.).
    ⑤ marker of norm of similarity or homogeneity, according to, in accordance with, in conformity with, according to
    ⓐ to introduce the norm which governs someth.
    α. the norm of the law, etc. (OGI 56, 33; Mitt-Wilck., I/2, 352, 11 κ. τὰ κελευσθέντα [as Just., D. 78, 7]; POxy 37 II, 8) κ. τὸν νόμον (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51; Just., D. 10, 1 al.; Ath. 31, 1; κ. τοὺς νόμους Ἀρεοπαγείτης, letter of MAurelius: ZPE 8, ’71, 169, ln. 27) Lk 2:22; J 18:31; 19:7; Hb 7:5. τὰ κ. τ. νόμον what is to be done according to the law Lk 2:39 (cp. EpArist 32). κ. τὸ ὡρισμένον in accordance w. what has been determined 22:22. Cp. 1:9; 2:24, 27, 42; Ac 17:2; 22:3. κ. τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου Ro 2:16; 16:25a; 2 Ti 2:8. κ. τὸ εἰρημένον Ro 4:18 (cp. Ath. 28, 1 κ. τὰ προειρημένα). κ. τὰς γραφάς (Just., D. 82, 4; cp. Paus. 6, 21, 10 κ. τὰ ἔπη=according to the epic poems; Just., A I, 32, 14 κ. τὸ λόγιον, D. 67, 1 κ. τὴν προφητείαν ταύτην) 1 Cor 15:3; cp. Js 2:8. κ. τὴν παράδοσιν Mk 7:5 (Tat. 39, 1 κ. τὴν Ἑλλήνων παράδοσιν).—κ. λόγον as one wishes (exx. in Dssm., B 209 [not in BS]; also PEleph 13, 1; 3 Macc 3:14) Ac 18:14 (though 5bβ below is also prob.).—It can also stand simply w. the acc. of the pers. according to whose will, pleasure, or manner someth. occurs κ. θεόν (cp. Socrat., Ep. 14, 5 κ. θεόν; 26, 2; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 1 Jac. and Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 84 §352 κ. δαίμονα; Jos., Ant. 4, 143 ὁ κ. τοῦτον[=θεόν] βίος; Just., D. 5, 1 κ. τινας … Πλατωνικούς; Tat. 1, 3 κ. … τὸν κωμικόν) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9–11; κ. Χριστὸν Ἰ. Ro 15:5. κ. κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. Cp. 1 Pt 1:15. κ. τ. Ἕλληνας in the manner of the Greeks, i.e. polytheists PtK 2, p. 14, 1; 7. κ. Ἰουδαίους ln. 25.
    β. the norm according to which a judgment is rendered, or rewards or punishments are given ἀποδοῦναι τινι κ. τ. πρᾶξιν or ἔργα αὐτοῦ (Ps 61:13; Pr 24:12; Just., A I, 12, 1; 17, 4 al.; κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν πράξεων) Mt 16:27; Ro 2:6; 2 Ti 4:14; Rv 2:23. μισθὸν λήμψεται κ. τ. ἴδιον κόπον 1 Cor 3:8. κρίνειν κ. τι J 7:24; 8:15; 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Ro 2:2.
    γ. of a standard of any other kind κ. τ. χρόνον ὸ̔ν ἠκρίβωσεν in accordance w. the time which he had ascertained Mt 2:16. κ. τ. πίστιν ὑμῶν acc. to your faith 9:29. κ. τ. δύναμιν acc. to his capability 25:15 (Just., D. 139, 4; Tat. 12, 3; cp. Just., A II, 13, 6 κ. δύναμιν). Cp. Lk 1:38; 2:29; Ro 8:4; 10:2; Eph 4:7. ἀνὴρ κ. τ. καρδίαν μου Ac 13:22 (καρδία 1bε).
    δ. Oft. the norm is at the same time the reason, so that in accordance with and because of are merged: οἱ κ. πρόθεσιν κλητοί Ro 8:28. κατʼ ἐπιταγὴν θεοῦ 16:26; 1 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Eph 3:3 (Just., D. 78, 2). οἱ καθʼ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ Ro 2:7. κατʼ ἐκλογήν 11:5 (Just., D. 49, 1). Cp. κ. τὴν βουλήν Eph 1:11 (Just., A I, 63, 16 al.); 2 Th 2:9; Hb 7:16. κ. τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what shall I know this? (cp. Gen 15:8) Lk 1:18.—Instead of ‘in accordance w.’ κ. can mean simply because of, as a result of, on the basis of (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 219 D.: κ. τοὺς νόμους; Jos., Ant. 1, 259; 278; Just., A I, 54, 1 κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων; Ath. 7, 1 κ. συμπάθειαν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πνοῆς; 32, 1 κ. χρησμόν). κ. πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any and every reason (αἰτία 1) Mt 19:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Gal 2:2. Cp. Ro 2:5; 1 Cor 12:8 (κ. τ. πνεῦμα = διὰ τοῦ πν.); Eph 1:5; 4:22b; Phil 4:11; 1 Ti 5:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; κ. ἀνάγκην Phlm 14 (Ar. 1, 2; 4, 2 al.; Just., A I, 30, 1; 61, 10; Ath. 24, 2); IPol 1:3. ὁ κ. τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 Pt 1:3.—καθʼ ὅσον (Thu. 4, 18, 4) in so far as, inasmuch as Hb 3:3. καθʼ ὅσον …, κ. τοσοῦτο in so far as …, just so far (Lysias 31, 8; Galen, De Dignosc. Puls. 3, 2, VIII 892 K.) 7:20, 22.
    ⓑ as a periphrasis to express equality, similarity, or example in accordance with, just as, similar(ly) to (TestJob 32:6 τίς γὰρ κ. σε ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τέκνων σου; Tat. 25, 1 κ. … τὸν Πρωτέα like Proteus; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 50: sheep are not burden-bearers κ. τοὺς ὄνους=as donkeys are).
    α. κ. τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε do not do as they do Mt 23:3. κ. Ἰσαάκ just as Isaac Gal 4:28. κ. θεὸν κτισθείς Eph 4:24 (Synes., Prov. 2, 2 p. 118c κ. θεόν=just as a god). Cp. Col 3:10. κ. τὸν τύπον Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40; Mel., P. 58, 424 [νόμον v.l.]). Cp. 5:6 (Ps 109:4); 8:9 (Jer 38: 32); Js 3:9.—κ. τὰ αὐτά in (just) the same way (OGI 56, 66; PEleph 2, 6; 1 Macc 8:27; 12:2; Just., D. 1, 2; 3, 5; 113, 3) Lk 6:23, 26; 17:30; Dg 3:1. On the other hand, the sing. κ. τὸ αὐτό Ac 14:1 means together (marriage contract PEleph 1, 5 [IV B.C.] εἶναι ἡμᾶς κ. ταὐτό; 1 Km 11:11). καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον just as (2 Macc 6:20; 4 Macc 14:17) Ac 15:11; 27:25. καθʼ ὅσον …, οὕτως (just) as …, so Hb 9:27. κ. πάντα τρόπον in every way (PSI 520, 16 [250 B.C.]; PCairZen 631, 2; 3 Macc 3:24) Ro 3:2. κ. μηδένα τρόπον (PMagd 14, 9 [221 B.C.]; PRein 7, 31; 3 Macc 4:13; 4 Macc 4:24; Just., D. 35, 7; s. Reader, Polemo 262) 2 Th 2:3. Cp. Johannessohn, Kasus, 1910, 82. κατά w. acc. serves in general
    β. to indicate the nature, kind, peculiarity or characteristics of a thing (freq. as a periphrasis for the adv.; e.g. Antiochus of Syracuse [V B.C.]: 555 Fgm. 12 Jac. κ. μῖσος=out of hate, filled with hate) κατʼ ἐξουσίαν with authority or power Mk 1:27. κ. συγκυρίαν by chance Lk 10:31. κ. ἄγνοιαν without knowing Ac 3:17 (s. ἄγνοια 2a). κ. ἄνθρωπον 1 Cor 3:3 al. (s. Straub 15; Aeschyl., Th. 425; ἄνθρωπος 2b). κ. κράτος powerfully, Ac 19:20 (κράτος 1a). κ. λόγον reasonably, rightly (Pla.; Polyb. 1, 62, 4; 5; 5, 110, 10; Jos., Ant. 13, 195; PYale 42, 24 [12 Jan., 229 B.C.]) 18:14 (but s. above 5aα). λέγειν τι κ. συγγνώμην οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν say someth. as a concession, not as a command 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. κ. τάξιν in (an) order(ly manner) 1 Cor 14:40 (τάξις 2). κατʼ ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν with eye-service Eph 6:6. μηδὲν κατʼ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κ. κενοδοξίαν Phil 2:3. κ. ζῆλος zealously 3:6a, unless this pass. belongs under 6 below, in its entirety. κ. σάρκα on the physical plane Ro 8:12f; 2 Cor 1:17; also 5:16ab, if here κ. ς. belongs w. οἴδαμεν or ἐγνώκαμεν (as Bachmann, JWeiss, H-D Wendland, Sickenberger take it; s. 7a below). καθʼ ὑπερβολήν (PTebt 42, 5f [c. 114 B.C.] ἠδικημένος καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὸ, Ἁρμιύσιος; 4 Macc 3:18) beyond measure, beyond comparison Ro 7:13; 1 Cor 12:31; 2 Cor 4:17. καθʼ ὁμοιότητα (Aristot.; Gen 1:12; Philo, Fug. 51; Tat. 12, 4 κ. τὸ ὅμοιον αὐτῇ) in a similar manner Hb 4:15b. κ. μικρόν in brief B 1:5 (μικρός 1eγ).
    ⑥ denoting relationship to someth., with respect to, in relation to κ. σάρκα w. respect to the flesh, physically of human descent Ro 1:3; 4:1; 9:3, 5 (Ar. 15, 7 κ. σάρκα … κ. ψυχήν; Just., D. 43, 7 ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ κ. σάρκα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ al.). κ. τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 7:22 (cp. POxy 904, 6 πληγαῖς κατακοπτόμενον κ. τὸ σῶμα). Cp. Ro 1:4; 11:28; Phil 3:5, 6b (for vs. 6a s. 5bβ above); Hb 9:9b. τὰ κ. τινα (Hdt. 7, 148; Diod S 1, 10, 73; Aelian, VH 2, 20; PEleph 13, 3; POxy 120, 14; Tob 10:9; 1 Esdr 9:17; 2 Macc 3:40; 9:3 al.) someone’s case, circumstances Ac 24:22 (cp. PEleph 13, 3 τὰ κ. σε; Just., A I, 61, 13 τὰ κ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν πάντα, D. 102, 2 τὰ κ. αὐτόν; Ath. 24, 4 τὸ κ. τοὺς ἀγγέλους); 25:14; Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. κ. πάντα in all respects (since Thu. 4, 81, 3; Sb 4324, 3; 5761, 22; SIG 834, 7; Gen 24:1; Wsd 19:22; 2 Macc 1:17; 3 Macc 5:42; JosAs 1:7; Just., A II, 4, 4, D. 35, 8 al.); Ac 17:22; Col 3:20, 22a; Hb 2:17 (Artem. 1, 13 αὐτῷ ὅμοιον κ. π.); 4:15a.
    ⑦ Somet. the κατά phrase, which would sound cumbersome in the rendering ‘such-and-such’, ‘in line with’, or ‘in accordance with’, is best rendered as an adj., a possessive pron., or with a genitival construction to express the perspective from which something is perceived or to be understood. In translation it thus functions as
    ⓐ an adj. (Synes., Kingdom 4 p. 4d τὰ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἔργα i.e. the deeds that are commensurate with that which is exceptional = virtuous deeds; PHib 27, 42 ταῖς κ. σελήνην ἡμέραις; 4 Macc 5:18 κ. ἀλήθειαν=ἀληθής; Just., A I, 2, 1 τοὺς κ. ἀλήθειαν εὐσεβεῖς; Tat. 26, 2 τῆς κ. ἀλήθειαν σοφίας) οἱ κ. φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21. ἡ κατʼ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλία 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Tit 1:1b. οἱ κ. σάρκα κύριοι the earthly masters (in wordplay, anticipating the κύριος who is in the heavens, vs. 9) Eph 6:5. Cp. 2 Cor 5:16b, in case (s. 5bβ above) κ. ς. belongs w. Χριστόν (as the majority, incl. Ltzm., take it): a physical Christ, a Christ in the flesh, in his earthly relationships (σάρξ 5). Correspondingly in vs. 16a κ. ς. would be taken w. οὐδένα: no one simply as a physical being.—JMartyn, JKnox Festschr., ’67, 269–87.
    ⓑ a possessive pron., but with limiting force (Demosth. 2, 27 τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἐλλείμματα [i.e. in contrast to the activities of others: ‘your own’]; Aelian, VH 2, 42 ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρετή; 3, 36; OGI 168, 17 παραγεγονότες εἰς τοὺς καθʼ ὑμᾶς τόπους; SIG 646, 6; 807, 15 al.; UPZ 20, 9 [II B.C.] ἐπὶ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς λειτουργίας; PTebt 24, 64; 2 Macc 4:21; Tat. 42, 1 τίς ὁ θεὸς καὶ τίς ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ποίησις; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7 ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφία) τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν τινες some of your (own) poets Ac 17:28. ἡ καθʼ ὑμᾶς πίστις Eph 1:15. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς νόμος Ac 18:15. τὸ κατʼ ἐμὲ πρόθυμον my eagerness Ro 1:15.
    ⓒ a gen. w. a noun (Polyb. 3, 113, 1 ἡ κ. τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατολή; 2, 48, 2; 3, 8, 1 al.; Diod S 14, 12 ἡ κ. τὸν τύραννον ὠμότης; Dionys. Hal. 2, 1; SIG 873, 5 τῆς κ. τ. μυστήρια τελετῆς; 569, 22; 783, 20; PTebt 5, 25; PLond III, 1164k, 20 p. 167 [212 A.D.] ὑπὸ τοῦ κ. πατέρα μου ἀνεψιοῦ) τὰ κ. Ἰουδαίους ἔθη the customs of the Judeans Ac 26:3 (Tat. 12, 5 τῇ κ. Βαβυλωνίους προγνωστικῇ; 34, 2 ἡ κ. τὸν Ἀριστόδημον πλαστική). Cp. 27:2. ἡ κ. πίστιν δικαιοσύνη the righteousness of faith Hb 11:7. ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις purpose of election Ro 9:11.—Here also belong the titles of the gospels εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Ματθαῖον etc., where κατά is likew. periphrasis for a gen. (cp. JLydus, De Mag. 3, 46 p. 136, 10 Wünsch τῆς κ. Λουκανὸν συγγραφῆς; Herodian 2, 9, 4 of an autobiography ἐν τῷ καθʼ αὑτὸν βίῳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 18 τ. καθʼ αὐτὸν ἱστορίαν; 2 Macc 2:13. Cp. B-D-F §163; 224, 2; Zahn, Einleitung §49; BBacon, Why ‘According to Mt’? Exp., 8th ser., 16, 1920, 289–310).—On the periphrasis of the gen. by κατά s. Rudberg (ἀνά beg.) w. many exx. fr. Pla. on. But it occurs as early as Thu. 6, 16, 5 ἐν τῷ κατʼ αὐτοὺς βίῳ.—M-M. DELG. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κατά

  • 16 प्रति _prati

    प्रति ind.
    1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition).
    -2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c.
    -3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of.
    -4 As a separable preposi- tion (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop.
    -5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते.
    -6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [ Note:-- In the com- pounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.]
    -Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders.
    -अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās.
    -अग्नि ind. towards the fire.
    -अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v.
    -अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose.
    -2 a division, chapter, section.
    -3 every limb.
    -4 a weapon. (
    -ङ्गम्) ind.
    1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1.
    -2 for every subdivision.
    -3 in each case (in grammar).
    -अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch.
    -अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1.
    -2 repository.
    -अनन्तर a.
    1 being in immediate neigh- bourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्).
    -2 standing nearest (as an heir).
    -3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (
    -रम्) ind.
    1 immediately after.
    -2 next in succession.
    -रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R.
    -अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind.
    -अनीक a
    1 hostile, opposed, inimical.
    -2 resisting, opposing.
    -3 opposite.
    -4 equal, vying with. (
    -कः) an enemy.
    (-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām.
    -2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also).
    -3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1.
    -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration.
    -अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion.
    -अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering.
    (-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26.
    -2 a bordering country; especi- ally, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak.
    -अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh.
    -अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4.
    -अब्दम् ind. every year
    -अमित्र a. hostile. (
    -त्रः) an enemy. (
    -त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy.
    -अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent.
    -2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र.
    -3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।).
    -अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion.
    -अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved.
    -अवयवम् ind.
    1 in every limb.
    -2 in every particular, in detail.
    1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12.
    -2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19.
    -अश्मन् m. red chalk.
    -अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease.
    -अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6.
    -आकारः a scabbard, sheath.
    -आघातः 1 a counter-stroke.
    -2 reaction.
    -आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour.
    -आत्मम् ind. singly, severally.
    -आत्मक a. belonging to oneself.
    -आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself.
    -आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45.
    -आदित्यः a mock sun.
    -आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning.
    -2 pro- hibition.
    -आर्द्र a. fresh.
    -आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8.
    -2 trust, con- fidence.
    -आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12.
    -आस्वर 1 returning.
    -2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2.
    -आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5.
    -उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder.
    -उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14.
    -2 a bird resembling an owl.
    -ऋचम् ind. in each Rik.
    -एक a. each, each one, every single one. (
    -कम्) ind.
    1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31.
    -एनस् m.
    1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7.
    -2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety.
    -कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary.
    -2 a critic.
    -कण्ठम् ind.
    1 severally, one by one.
    -2 near the throat.
    -कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually.
    -कश a. not obeying the whip.
    -कष्ट a. comparatively bad.
    -कामिनी a female rival; Śi.
    -कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness.
    -2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28.
    -3 a target, butt, mark.
    -कितवः an opponent in a game.
    -कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant.
    -कूपः a moat, ditch.
    -कूल a.
    1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24.
    -2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45.
    -3 inauspicious.
    -4 contradictory.
    -5 reverse, inverted.
    -6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contra- diction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् dis- agreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.).
    -कूल ind.
    1 adversely, contrarily.
    -2 inversely, in inverted order.
    -कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose.
    -कूलिक a. hostile, inimical.
    -क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56.
    -क्षपम् ind. everynight.
    -गजः a hostile elephant
    -गात्रम् ind. in very limb.
    -गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain.
    -2 an inferior mountain.
    -गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house.
    -ग्रामम् ind. in every village.
    -चक्रम् a hostile army.
    -चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene.
    -चरणम् ind.
    1 in every (Vedic) school or branch.
    -2 at every foot-step.
    -छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45.
    -2 an image, picture.
    -जङ्घा the forepart of the leg.
    -जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate,
    -तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion.
    -तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः).
    -त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time.
    -दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient.
    -दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6.
    -दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, every- where.
    -दूतः a messenger sent in return.
    -देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7.
    -देशम् ind. in every country.
    -देहम् ind. in every body.
    -दैवतम् ind. for every deity.
    -द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival.
    -2 an enemy. (
    -द्वम्) opposition, hostility.
    -द्वन्द्विन् a.
    1 hostile, inimical.
    -2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29.
    -3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25.
    -द्वारम् ind. at every gate.
    -धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another.
    -नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson.
    -नव a.
    1 new, young, fresh.
    -2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38.
    -नाडी a branch-vein.
    -नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic com- position; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c.
    -नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45.
    -निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v.
    -न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15.
    -पक्ष a. like, similar.
    (-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S,
    -2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'.
    -3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5.
    -4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता
    1 hostility, opposition.
    -2 obstacle.
    -पक्षित a.
    1 containing a contradiction.
    -2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष.
    -पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary.
    -पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh.
    -प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76.
    -पदम् ind.
    1 at evry stop.
    -2 at every place, everywhere.
    -3 expressly.
    -4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2.
    -पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R.
    -पाणः 1 a stake.
    -2 a counter-pledge.
    -3 a counter-stake; Mb.3.
    -पादम् ind. in each quarter.
    -पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'.
    -पादपम् ind. in every tree.
    -पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil.
    -पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man.
    -2 a substitute, deputy.
    -3 a companion.
    -4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake).
    -5 an effigy in general. (
    -षम्) ind. man by man, for each man.
    -पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript.
    -पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon.
    -प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to.
    -प्रभातम् ind. every morning.
    -प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -- a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana.
    -2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45.
    -प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart.
    -प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56.
    -बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13.
    -बलः a.
    1 able, powerful.
    -2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful.
    (-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7.
    -2 strength.
    -बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm.
    -2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon).
    -बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18.
    -2 an image, a picture.
    -बीजम् a rotten seed.
    -भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5.
    (-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21.
    -2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1.
    -भय a.
    1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful.
    -2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (
    -यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5.
    -भैरव a. dreadful.
    -मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.)
    -मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21.
    -मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.).
    -2 an eccentric orbit.
    -मन्दिरम् ind. in every house.
    -मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22.
    -मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35.
    -माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22.
    -मार्गः the way back; Mb.4.
    -मार्गम् ind. back, back- wards.
    -माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी).
    -मासम् ind. every month, monthly.
    -मित्रम् an enemy, adversary.
    -मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291.
    -2 near, present. (
    -खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (
    -खम्) ind.
    1 towards.
    -2 in front, before.
    -मुखरी a particular mode of drumming.
    -मुद्रा 1 a counter- seal.
    -2 the impression of a seal.
    -मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment.
    -मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness.
    -मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी).
    -यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants.
    -रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2.
    -रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb.
    -रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4.
    -2 quarrel; controversy.
    -3 (Ved.) life (प्राण).
    -रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22.
    -राजः a hostile king.
    -रात्रम् ind. every night.
    -रूप a.
    1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9.
    -2 beautiful.
    -3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17.
    -4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्).
    (-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness.
    -2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28.
    -4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21.
    -रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1.
    (-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49.
    -2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52.
    -3 a reflec- tion.
    -लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token.
    -लिपिः f. a tran- script, a written copy.
    -लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28.
    -लोम a.
    1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15.
    -2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband).
    -3 hostile.
    -4 low, vile, base.
    -5 left (वाम).
    -6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7.
    -7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (
    -मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (
    -मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25.
    -लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5.
    -कम् inverted order.
    -लोमतः ind.
    1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68.
    -2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39.
    -वत्सरम् ind. every year.
    -वनम् ind. in every forest.
    -वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding.
    -वर्धिन् a. being a match for.
    -वर्षम् ind. every year.
    -वस्तु n.
    1 an equivalent, a counter- part.
    -2 anything given in return.
    -3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48.
    -वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (
    -तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33.
    -वारणः a hostile elephant.
    -वासरम् ind. every day.
    -विटपम् ind.
    1 on every branch.
    -2 branch by branch.
    -विषम् an anti- dote. (
    -षा) a birch tree.
    -विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree.
    -वीरः an opponent, antagonist.
    -वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for.
    -वृषः a hostile bull.
    -वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion.
    -वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood.
    -2 a neighbour.
    -वेशिन् a. a neigh- bour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14.
    -वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house.
    -वेश्यः a neighbour.
    -वैरम् re- quital of hostilities revenge.
    -शब्दः 1 echo, reverbera- tion; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28.
    -2 a roar.
    -शशिन् m. a mock-moon.
    -शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda).
    -शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21.
    -संवत्सरम् ind. every year.
    -सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh.
    -संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1.
    -सम a. equal to, a match for.
    -सव्य a. in an inverted order.
    -सामन्तः an enemy.
    -सायम् ind. every evening.
    -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun.
    -2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16.
    -सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17.
    -स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere.
    -स्मृतिः N. of parti- cular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3.
    -स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5.
    -हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33.
    -हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3.
    -हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > प्रति _prati

  • 17 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

См. также в других словарях:

  • Equality and Human Rights Commission — The Equality and Human Rights Commission (EHRC) is a non departmental public body in Great Britain which was established by the Equality Act 2006 and came into being on 1 October 2007. The Commission has responsibility for the promotion and… …   Wikipedia

  • Ullin Place — (1924 – 2000) was a British philosopher and psychologist. Along with J. J. C. Smart, he developed the identity theory of mind. Place was born in Yorkshire and studied under Gilbert Ryle at Oxford University. There, he became acquainted with… …   Wikipedia

  • Jesus' interactions with women — Part of a series on Christianity and Gender Theology Female disciples of Jesus Gender roles in Christianity …   Wikipedia

  • List of Latin words with English derivatives — This is a list of Latin words with derivatives in English (and other modern languages). Ancient orthography did not distinguish between i and j or between u and v. Many modern works distinguish u from v but not i from j. In this article both… …   Wikipedia

  • Europe, history of — Introduction       history of European peoples and cultures from prehistoric times to the present. Europe is a more ambiguous term than most geographic expressions. Its etymology is doubtful, as is the physical extent of the area it designates.… …   Universalium

  • international relations — a branch of political science dealing with the relations between nations. [1970 75] * * * Study of the relations of states with each other and with international organizations and certain subnational entities (e.g., bureaucracies and political… …   Universalium

  • Plato: metaphysics and epistemology — Robert Heinaman METAPHYSICS The Theory of Forms Generality is the problematic feature of the world that led to the development of Plato’s Theory of Forms and the epistemological views associated with it.1 This pervasive fact of generality appears …   History of philosophy

  • literature — /lit euhr euh cheuhr, choor , li treuh /, n. 1. writings in which expression and form, in connection with ideas of permanent and universal interest, are characteristic or essential features, as poetry, novels, history, biography, and essays. 2.… …   Universalium

  • First-order logic — is a formal logical system used in mathematics, philosophy, linguistics, and computer science. It goes by many names, including: first order predicate calculus, the lower predicate calculus, quantification theory, and predicate logic (a less… …   Wikipedia

  • Christianity — /kris chee an i tee/, n., pl. Christianities. 1. the Christian religion, including the Catholic, Protestant, and Eastern Orthodox churches. 2. Christian beliefs or practices; Christian quality or character: Christianity mixed with pagan elements; …   Universalium

  • Germany — /jerr meuh nee/, n. a republic in central Europe: after World War II divided into four zones, British, French, U.S., and Soviet, and in 1949 into East Germany and West Germany; East and West Germany were reunited in 1990. 84,068,216; 137,852 sq.… …   Universalium

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»